e10vk
U. S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE
COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form 10-K
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the fiscal
year ended September 30, 2010
|
or
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15 (d)
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
|
|
For the transition period
from to
|
Commission File Number 1-31923
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE,
INC.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
86-0226984
(IRS Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
20410 North 19th Avenue, Suite 200
Phoenix, Arizona 85027
(Address of principal
executive offices)
|
|
(623) 445-9500
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the
Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class:
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered:
|
|
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the
Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known
seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file
reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes o No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed
all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted
electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any,
every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted
pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T
(§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding
12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant
was required to submit and post such
files). Yes o No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers
pursuant to Item 405 of
Regulation S-K
(§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein,
and will not be contained, to the best of registrants
knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K
or any amendment to this
Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer þ
|
Non-accelerated
filer o
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in Exchange Act
Rule 12b-2). Yes o No þ
As of November 22, 2010, 24,284,035 shares of common
stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of the shares
of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on the
last business day of the Companys most recently completed
second fiscal quarter (March 31, 2010) was
approximately $496,088,000 (based upon the closing price of the
common stock on such date as reported by the New York Stock
Exchange). For purposes of this calculation, the Company has
excluded the market value of all common stock beneficially owned
by all executive officers and directors of the Company.
Documents
Incorporated by Reference
Portions of the registrants definitive proxy statement for
the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by
reference into Part III of this
Form 10-K.
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
INDEX TO
FORM 10-K
FOR THE
FISCAL YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER 30, 2010
i
Special
Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This 2010
Form 10-K
and the documents incorporated by reference herein contain
forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which
include information relating to future events, future financial
performance, strategies, expectations, competitive environment,
regulation and availability of resources. From time to time, we
also provide forward-looking statements in other materials we
release to the public as well as verbal forward-looking
statements. These forward-looking statements include, without
limitation, statements regarding: proposed new programs;
scheduled openings of new campuses and campus expansions;
expectations that regulatory developments or other matters will
not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial
position, results of operations or liquidity; statements
concerning projections, predictions, expectations, estimates or
forecasts as to our business, financial and operational results
and future economic performance; and statements of
managements goals and objectives and other similar
expressions. Such statements give our current expectations or
forecasts of future events; they do not relate strictly to
historical or current facts. Words such as may,
will, should, could,
would, predicts, potential,
continue, expects,
anticipates, future,
intends, plans, believes,
estimates, and similar expressions, as well as
statements in future tense, identify forward-looking
statements.
We cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will
be realized, although we believe we have been prudent in our
plans and assumptions. Achievement of future results is subject
to risks, uncertainties and potentially inaccurate assumptions.
Many events beyond our control may determine whether results we
anticipate will be achieved. Should known or unknown risks or
uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions
prove inaccurate, actual results could differ materially from
past results and those anticipated, estimated or projected. You
should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking
statements.
Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to
publicly update or revise forward-looking statements, whether as
a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You are
advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we make on
related subjects in our
Form 10-Q
and 8-K
reports to the SEC.
ii
PART I
Overview
We are the leading provider of postsecondary education for
students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured
by total average undergraduate enrollment and graduates. We
offer undergraduate degree, diploma and certificate programs at
11 campuses across the United States under the banner of several
well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute
(UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics
Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical
Institute (UTI/NTI). We also offer manufacturer-specific
training programs including both student paid electives at our
campuses and manufacturer or dealer sponsored training at
dedicated training centers. For the year ended
September 30, 2010, our average undergraduate enrollment
was 18,600 full-time students. We have provided technical
education for 45 years.
We work closely with leading original equipment manufacturers
(OEMs) in the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine
industries to understand their needs for qualified service
professionals. Through our relationships with OEMs, we are able
to continuously refine and expand our programs and curricula. We
believe our industry-oriented educational philosophy and
national presence have enabled us to develop valuable industry
relationships which provide us with significant competitive
strength and support our market leadership.
We are a primary, and often the sole provider of manufacturer
based training programs pursuant to written or verbal agreements
with various OEMs. We have relationships with the following OEMs:
|
|
|
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
|
|
Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp.
|
American Suzuki Motor Corp.
|
|
Navistar International Corp.
|
BMW of North America, LLC
|
|
Nissan North America, Inc.
|
Cummins Rocky Mountain, a subsidiary of Cummins, Inc.
|
|
Porsche Cars of North America, Inc.
|
Daimler Trucks N.A.
|
|
Toyota Motor Sales, U.S.A., Inc.
|
Ford Motor Co.
|
|
Volvo Cars of North America, Inc.
|
Harley-Davidson Motor Co.
|
|
Volvo Penta of the Americas, Inc.
|
Kawasaki Motors Corp., U.S.A.
|
|
Yamaha Motor Corp., USA
|
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC
|
|
|
Participating manufacturers typically assist us in the
development of course content and curricula, while providing us
with vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts at reduced
prices or at no charge and in some instances pay for the student
tuition. Our collaboration with OEMs enables us to provide
highly specialized education to our students, resulting in
enhanced employment opportunities and the potential for higher
wages for our graduates. These relationships are also valuable
to our industry partners since our programs provide them with a
steady supply of highly trained service technicians and a
cost-effective alternative to in-house training. Plus, these
relationships also support the development of incremental
revenue opportunities from training the OEMs existing
employees.
We also offer training for sectors of the industry that benefit
from the skills we teach, including motor freight companies and
other businesses that employ skilled technicians. This training
can be performed at UTI sites, customer sites or at third party
locations using curricula developed by us, provided by the
customer or supplied by the OEM. These training relationships
provide new sources for revenue, establish new employment
opportunities for our graduates and enhance our brand position
as the leading provider of training for the industry.
In addition to our curriculum-based relationships with OEMs, we
also develop and maintain a variety of complementary
associations with parts and tools suppliers, enthusiast
organizations and other participants in the industries we serve.
These relationships provide us with a variety of strategic and
financial benefits that include, but are not limited to,
equipment sponsorship, new product support, licensing and
branding opportunities; even selected financial sponsorship for
our campuses and students. These relationships improve the
quality of our educational
1
programs by reducing our investment cost of equipping classrooms
and provide recruitment opportunities. As a result, we are able
to expand the scope of our programs, strengthen our graduate
placements and enhance our overall image within the industry.
Business
Strategy
Our goal is to strengthen our position as the leading provider
of postsecondary technical education services by effectively
recruiting, training and placing professional auto, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians to meet the
needs of our industry customers. To attain this goal we intend
to pursue the following strategies:
Emphasize student outcomes. Securing
employment opportunities for our graduates is critical to our
ability to help our graduates benefit from their education.
Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to maintaining an
effective graduate placement team which works with employers to
identify job opportunities and match those opportunities with
our graduates. We also continue to focus on improving the future
student experience and financial aid process by increasing
customer service levels and simplifying processes.
Optimize prospective student awareness and recruitment
efforts. Since our founding in 1965, we have
grown our business and expanded our campus footprint to
establish a national presence. Through the UTI, MMI and UTI/NTI
brands, our undergraduate campuses and advanced training centers
currently provide us with local representation covering several
geographic regions across the United States. Supporting our
campuses, we maintain a national recruiting network of
approximately 350 education representatives who are able to
identify, advise and enroll students from all 50 states and
U.S. territories.
Our marketing strategies are designed to align student inquiry
generation with specific potential student segments. We leverage
a web-centric inquiry generation platform that focuses on
nationally efficient advertising coupled with the internet,
where our website acts as the primary hub of our campaigns to
inform and educate potential students on the nature of our
educational programs and the employment opportunities that could
be available to them as a result of completing one of our
programs. Currently, we advertise on television, radio and
multiple internet sites, in magazines, and use events, social
media, direct mail and telemarketing to reach prospective
students.
We will increase our market penetration in areas close to our
campuses by focusing on targeted marketing to attract commuter
students who have a higher propensity to show and target certain
demographics that we have not fully penetrated. Additionally, we
will continue to improve the mix of adult students to high
school students to fill the nontraditional start dates and
balance the student population throughout the year.
Enhance curricula and program
offerings. We are transforming our automotive
and diesel program curricula to a blend of daily instructor-led
theory and hands-on lab training complemented by web-based
learning which is reflective of current industry training
methods and standards. In addition to improving the overall
educational experience for the students attending our
Automotive/Diesel Technology II programs, the new curricula
offer more convenience and training flexibility for our students
while meeting industry standards. We began offering the new
curricula at the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas campus at the
time of opening. In the future, we intend to integrate the new
curricula at our other campuses which teach Automotive/Diesel
Technology programs.
As the industries we serve become more technologically advanced,
the requisite training necessary to prepare qualified
technicians continues to increase. We continually work with our
industry customers to expand and adapt our course offerings to
meet their needs for skilled technicians.
Seek new and expand existing industry
relationships. We actively seek to develop
new and expand existing relationships with leading OEMs,
dealership networks and other industry participants that focus
on the automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine industries.
Securing and expanding these relationships provides improved
employment opportunities and increases the earnings potential
for our students. Additionally, these relationships provide
value to the employers by lowering the training costs for the
OEMs, providing an efficient hiring source for the dealerships
and addressing the need for quality technicians.
2
Open new campuses. We will continue to
identify new markets that have a need for skilled technicians
and complement our established campus network to support further
growth opportunities. We believe there are a number of local
markets that feature both career opportunities for our graduates
and pools of prospective students that are not currently being
served at one of our existing locations. By opening new campuses
in local markets, we will not only supply skilled technicians to
local employers but also provide postsecondary educational
opportunities for students otherwise unwilling or unable to
relocate. Additionally, this will provide us with opportunities
to offer continuing and advanced training to the existing
workforces in the industries we serve; while helping us expand
the reach and appeal of the UTI brand across the country. We
expect the size of any future campuses will depend on the
potential career opportunities for our graduates and the
population of potential students which are factors in the
programs we would offer.
Consider strategic acquisitions. We
selectively consider acquisition opportunities that, among other
factors, would complement our program offerings, benefit from
our resources and scale in marketing and whose administration
could be integrated into our existing operations.
Industry
Background
The market for qualified service technicians is large and
growing. In the most recent data available, the
U.S. Department of Labor estimated that in 2008 there were
approximately 764,000 working automotive technicians in the
United States, and this number was expected to increase by 4.7%
from 2008 to 2018. Other 2008 estimates provided by the
U.S. Department of Labor indicate that from 2008 to 2018
the number of technicians in the other industries we serve,
including diesel repair, collision repair, motorcycle repair and
marine repair, are expected to increase by 5.7%, 0.5%, 9.0% and
5.9%, respectively. This need for technicians is due to a
variety of factors, including technological advancement in the
industries our graduates enter, the number of automobiles,
trucks, motorcycles and boats in service, as well as an aging
and retiring workforce that generally requires training to keep
up with technological advancements and maintain its technical
competency. As a result of these factors, it is estimated that
an average of approximately 31,200 new job openings will exist
annually for new entrants from 2008 to 2018 in the fields we
serve, according to data collected by the U.S. Department
of Labor. In addition to the increase in demand for newly
qualified technicians, manufacturers, dealer networks,
transportation companies and governmental entities with large
fleets are outsourcing their training functions, seeking
preferred education providers which can offer high quality
curricula and have a national presence to meet the employment
and advanced training needs of their national dealer networks.
Schools
and Programs
Through our campus-based school system, we offer specialized
technical education programs under the banner of several
well-known brands, including Universal Technical Institute
(UTI), Motorcycle Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics
Institute (collectively, MMI) and NASCAR Technical
Institute (UTI/NTI). The majority of our undergraduate programs
are designed to be completed in 45 to 96 weeks and
culminate in an associate of occupational studies degree,
diploma or certificate, depending on the program and campus.
Tuition ranges from approximately $19,800 to $44,850 per
program, depending on the nature and length of the program. Our
campuses are accredited and our undergraduate programs are
eligible for federal student financial assistance funds under
the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended (HEA), commonly
referred to as Title IV Programs, which are administered by
the U.S. Department of Education (ED). While attending one
of our undergraduate programs, students may participate in
manufacturer specific training programs, which are offered at
our campus locations and paid for by the student. Upon
completion of one of our automotive or diesel undergraduate
programs, qualifying students have the opportunity to apply for
enrollment in one of our manufacturer specific advanced training
(MSAT) programs. These programs are offered in facilities in
which OEMs supply the vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and
curricula. In most cases, tuition for the advanced training
programs is paid by each participating OEM or dealer in return
for a commitment by the student to work for a dealer of that OEM
upon graduation. We also provide continuing education and
training to experienced technicians.
3
Our undergraduate schools and programs are summarized in the
following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Brand
|
|
Commenced
|
|
Principal Programs
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
MMI
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
Motorcycle
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial(1)
|
California (Sacramento)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial; Collision Repair and
Refinishing
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
UTI/MMI
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
Automotive; Motorcycle; Marine
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Massachusetts (Norwood)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
North Carolina (Mooresville)
|
|
UTI/NTI
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
Automotive; Automotive with NASCAR
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Texas (Dallas/Ft. Worth)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial
|
Texas (Houston)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
Automotive; Diesel & Industrial; Collision Repair and
Refinishing
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We plan to begin teaching the Diesel and Industrial program
during 2011. |
Universal
Technical Institute (UTI)
UTI offers automotive, diesel and industrial, and collision
repair and refinishing programs that are master certified by the
National Automotive Technicians Education Foundation (NATEF), a
division of the Institute for Automotive Service Excellence
(ASE). In order to apply for NATEF certification, a school must
meet the ASE curriculum requirements and have also graduated its
first class. Students have the option to enhance their training
through the Ford Accelerated Credential Training (FACT) elective
at all UTI campuses except the Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas
campus. We also offer the BMW FastTrack elective which is taught
by UTI at BMWs Ontario, California training center, the
Avondale, Arizona campus, and the Orlando, Florida BMW dedicated
training center; the Cummins Qualified Technician Program (CQTP)
elective at our Avondale, Arizona and Houston, Texas campuses;
the Daimler Trucks Finish First elective at our Avondale,
Arizona campus; the International Truck Elective Program (ITEP)
at our Glendale Heights, Illinois campus; the Mercedes-Benz USA,
LLC elective program at our Rancho Cucamonga, California and
Norwood, Massachusetts campuses; the Nissan Automotive
Technician Training (NATT) program at our Houston, Texas;
Mooresville, North Carolina; Sacramento, California; Orlando,
Florida and Norwood, Massachusetts (beginning
2011) campuses; and the Toyota Professional Automotive
Technician (TPAT) elective at our Glendale Heights, Illinois,
Exton, Pennsylvania and Sacramento, California campuses. We
offer the following programs under the UTI brand:
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive Technology. Established in
1965, the Automotive Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles. The
program ranges from 51 to 88 weeks in duration, and tuition
ranges from approximately $27,400 to $38,700. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in automotive dealer service departments or automotive repair
facilities.
|
|
|
|
Diesel & Industrial
Technology. Established in 1968, the
Diesel & Industrial Technology program is designed to
teach students how to diagnose, service and repair diesel
systems and industrial equipment. The program is 45 to
57 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from approximately
$24,850 to $31,950. Graduates of this program are qualified to
work as entry-level service technicians in medium and heavy
truck facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair
facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in
various industrial applications, including materials handling,
construction, transport refrigeration or farming.
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
Automotive/Diesel
Technology. Established in 1970, the
Automotive/Diesel Technology program is designed to teach
students how to diagnose, service and repair automobiles and
diesel systems. The program ranges from 69 to 84 weeks in
duration and tuition ranges from approximately $32,650 to
$42,500. Graduates of this program typically can work as
entry-level service technicians in automotive repair facilities,
automotive dealer service departments, diesel engine repair
facilities, medium and heavy truck facilities or truck
dealerships.
|
|
|
|
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial
Technology. Established in 1970, the
Automotive/Diesel & Industrial Technology program is
designed to teach students how to diagnose, service and repair
automobiles, diesel systems and industrial equipment. The
program ranges from 75 to 90 weeks in duration and tuition
ranges from approximately $34,100 to $44,850. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in automotive repair facilities, automotive dealer service
departments, diesel engine repair facilities, medium and heavy
truck facilities, truck dealerships, or in service and repair
facilities for marine diesel engines and equipment utilized in
various industrial applications, including material handling,
construction, transport refrigeration or farming.
|
|
|
|
Collision Repair and Refinishing Technology
(CRRT). Established in 1999, the CRRT program
is designed to teach students how to repair non-structural and
structural automobile damage as well as how to prepare cost
estimates on all phases of repair and refinishing. The program
is 51 weeks in duration and tuition ranges from
approximately $27,800 to $30,250. Graduates of this program are
qualified to work as entry-level technicians at OEM dealerships
and independent repair facilities.
|
Motorcycle
Mechanics Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute
(collectively, MMI)
|
|
|
|
|
Motorcycle. Established in 1973, the
MMI program is designed to teach students how to diagnose,
service and repair motorcycles and all-terrain vehicles. The
program ranges from 48 to 96 weeks in duration and tuition
ranges from approximately $19,800 to $39,550. Graduates of this
program are qualified to work as entry-level service technicians
in motorcycle dealerships and independent repair facilities. MMI
is supported by six major motorcycle manufacturers. We have
written agreements relating to motorcycle elective programs with
BMW of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson Motor Co.; Kawasaki
Motors Corp., U.S.A.; and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. In addition,
we have verbal understandings relating to motorcycle elective
programs with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; and American
Suzuki Motor Corp. We have written agreements for dealer
training with American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; and
Harley-Davidson Motor Co. These motorcycle manufacturers support
us through their endorsement of our curricula content, assisting
in our course development, providing equipment and product
donations, and instructor training. The verbal understandings
referenced may be terminated without cause by either party at
any time.
|
|
|
|
Marine. Established in 1991, the MMI
program is designed to teach students how to diagnose, service
and repair boats and personal watercraft. The program is
51 weeks in duration and tuition is approximately $25,050.
Graduates of this program are qualified to work as entry-level
service technicians for marine dealerships and independent
repair shops, as well as for marinas, boat yards and yacht
clubs. MMI is supported by several marine manufacturers and we
have verbal agreements relating to marine elective programs with
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.; American Suzuki Motor Corp.;
Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp.; Volvo Penta of
the Americas, Inc.; and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA. We have written
agreements for dealer training with American Honda Motor Co.
Inc.; Mercury Marine, a division of Brunswick Corp. and Volvo
Penta of the Americas, Inc. These marine manufacturers support
us through their endorsement of our curricula content, assisting
with course development, equipment and product donations, and
instructor training. The verbal understandings referenced may be
terminated without cause by either party at any time.
|
NASCAR
Technical Institute (UTI/NTI)
Established in 2002, UTI/NTI offers the same type of automotive
training as other UTI locations, and offers automotive training
with additional NASCAR-specific courses. In the NASCAR-specific
courses, students have the opportunity to learn first-hand with
NASCAR engines and equipment and to acquire specific skills
required for
5
entry-level positions in automotive and racing-related career
opportunities. The program ranges from 48 to 78 weeks in
duration and tuition ranges from $28,150 to $41,300. Graduates
of the Automotive Technology program and the Automotive
Technology with NASCAR (the NASCAR program) at UTI/NTI are
qualified to work as entry-level service technicians in
automotive repair facilities or automotive dealer service
departments. Graduates from the NASCAR program have additional
opportunities to work in racing-related industries. In 2009 and
2008, approximately 15% and 23%, respectively, of the graduates
from the NASCAR program have found employment opportunities to
work in racing-related industries with approximately 71% and
67%, respectively, working in the automotive service sector.
Manufacturer
Specific Advanced Training Programs
Our advanced programs are intended to offer in-depth instruction
on specific manufacturers products, qualifying a graduate
for employment with a dealer seeking highly specialized,
entry-level technicians with brand-specific skills. Students who
are highly ranked graduates of an automotive or diesel program
may apply to be selected for these programs. The programs range
from 14 to 24 weeks in duration and tuition is paid by the
manufacturer or dealer, subject to employment commitments made
by the student. The manufacturer also supplies vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula for the courses.
Pursuant to written agreements, we offer manufacturer specific
advanced training programs for the following OEMs: BMW of North
America, LLC; Navistar International Corp.; Porsche Cars of
North America, Inc.; and Volvo Cars of North America, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
BMW. We have a written agreement with BMW of
North America, LLC whereby we provide BMWs Service
Technician Education Program (STEP) at our Avondale, Arizona and
Orlando, Florida training facilities and at the BMW training
centers in Ontario, California, Woodcliff Lake, New Jersey and
the Mini Service Technical Education Program (Mini Cooper STEP)
at our Orlando, Florida training facilities using vehicles,
equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by BMW. This
agreement expires on December 31, 2011 and may be
terminated for cause by either party.
|
|
|
|
Navistar International Corp. We have a written
agreement with Navistar International Corp. whereby we provide
the International Technician Education Program (ITEP) training
program at our training facilities in Glendale Heights,
Illinois, Exton, Pennsylvania, and Sacramento, California using
vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and curricula provided by
Navistar. This agreement expires on December 31, 2011 and
may be terminated without cause by either party upon
180 days written notice.
|
|
|
|
Porsche. We have a written agreement with
Porsche Cars of North America, Inc. whereby we provide the
Porsche Technician Apprenticeship Program (PTAP) at the Porsche
Training Center in Atlanta, Georgia using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula provided by Porsche. The written
agreement expires on September 30, 2011 and may be renewed
by mutual agreement.
|
|
|
|
Volvo. We have a written agreement with Ford
Motor Company whereby we conduct Volvos Service Automotive
Factory Education (SAFE) program training at our training
facility in Avondale, Arizona using vehicles, equipment,
specialty tools and curricula approved by Volvo. This agreement
expires on December 31, 2010.
|
Dealer/Industry
Training
Technicians in all of the industries we serve are in regular
need of training or certification on new technologies.
Manufacturers are outsourcing a portion of this training to
education providers such as UTI. We currently provide dealer
technician training to manufacturers such as: American Honda
Motor Co., Inc.; BMW of North America, LLC; Harley-Davidson
Motor Co.; Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC; and Volvo Penta of the
Americas, Inc.
Industry
Relationships
We have a network of industry relationships that provide a wide
range of strategic and financial benefits, including
product/financial support, licensing and manufacturer training.
|
|
|
|
|
Product/Financial
Support. Product/financial support is an
integral component of our business strategy and is present
throughout our schools. In these relationships, sponsors provide
their products, including
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
equipment and supplies, at reduced or no cost to us, in return
for our use of those products in the classroom. In addition,
they may provide financial sponsorship to either us or our
students. Product/financial support is an attractive marketing
opportunity for sponsors because our classrooms provide them
with early access to the future end-users of their products. As
students become familiar with a manufacturers products
during training, they may be more likely to continue to use the
same products upon graduation. Our product support relationships
allow us to minimize the equipment and supply costs in each of
our classrooms and significantly reduce the capital outlay
necessary for operating and equipping our campuses.
|
An example of a product/financial support relationship is:
|
|
|
|
|
Snap-on Tools. Upon graduation from our
undergraduate programs, students receive a Snap-on Tools
entry-level tool set having an approximate retail value of
$1,000. We purchase these tool sets from Snap-on Tools at a
discount from their list price pursuant to a written agreement
which expires in April 2017. In the context of this
relationship, we have granted Snap-on Tools exclusive access to
our campuses to display tool related advertising, and we have
agreed to use Snap-on Tools equipment to train our students. We
receive credits from Snap-on Tools for student tool kits that we
purchase and any additional purchases made by our students. We
can then redeem those credits to purchase Snap-on Tools
equipment and tools for our campuses at the full retail list
price.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Licensing. Licensing agreements enable
us to establish meaningful relationships with key industry
brands. We pay a licensing fee and, in return, receive the right
to use a particular industry participants name or logo in
our promotional materials and on our campuses. We believe that
our current and potential students generally identify favorably
with the recognized brand names licensed to us, enhancing our
reputation and the effectiveness of our marketing efforts.
|
An example of a licensing arrangement is:
|
|
|
|
|
NASCAR. We have a licensing arrangement with
NASCAR and are its exclusive education provider for automotive
technicians. The agreement expires on December 31, 2017 and
may be terminated for cause by either party at any time prior to
its expiration. In July 2002, the NASCAR Technical Institute
opened in Mooresville, North Carolina. This relationship
provides us with access to the network of NASCAR sponsors,
presenting us with the opportunity to enhance our product
support relationships. The popular NASCAR brand name combined
with the opportunity to learn on high-performance cars is a
powerful recruiting and retention tool.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manufacturer Training. Manufacturer
training relationships provide benefits to us that impact each
of our education programs. These relationships support
entry-level training tailored to the needs of a specific
manufacturer, as well as continuing education and training of
experienced technicians. In our entry-level programs, students
receive training and certification on a given
manufacturers products. In return, the manufacturer
supplies vehicles, equipment, specialty tools and parts, and
assistance in developing curricula. Students who receive this
training are often certified to work on that manufacturers
products when they complete the program. The certification
typically leads to both improved employment opportunities and
the potential for higher wages. Manufacturer training
relationships lower the capital investment necessary to equip
our classrooms and provide us with a significant marketing
advantage. In addition, through these relationships,
manufacturers are able to increase the pool of skilled
technicians available to service and repair their products.
|
We actively seek to extend our relationship with a given
manufacturer by providing the manufacturers training to
entry level as well as experienced technicians. Similar to
advanced training, these programs are built on a training
relationship under which the manufacturer not only provides the
equipment and curricula but also pays for the students
tuition. These training courses often take place within our
existing facilities, allowing the manufacturer to avoid the
costs associated with establishing its own dedicated facility.
Examples of manufacturer training relationships include:
|
|
|
|
|
Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC. This is an example of
a student-paid elective program. Pursuant to a written
agreement, we offer a technician training Mercedes-Benz Program
at our Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
and Norwood, Massachusetts campuses. The Mercedes-Benz Program
uses training and course materials as well as training vehicles
and equipment provided by Mercedes-Benz. This agreement was
entered during 2009, will expire April 30, 2012 and may be
terminated without cause by either party upon 90 days
written notice.
|
|
|
|
|
|
American Honda Motor Co., Inc. This is an
example of a dealer technician training program paid for by the
manufacturer or dealer. We provide marine and motorcycle
training for experienced American Honda technicians utilizing
training materials and curricula provided by American Honda.
Pursuant to written agreements, our instructors provide marine
and motorcycle dealer training at American Honda-authorized
training centers across the United States. The marine dealer
training agreement expires on June 30, 2011 and the
motorcycle dealer training agreement expires on
September 30, 2013. These agreements may be terminated for
cause by American Honda at any time prior to their expiration
upon 15 days written notice and may be terminated without
cause by either party upon 60 days written notice. Pursuant
to verbal agreements, we oversee the administration of the
motorcycle training program, including technician enrollment,
and American Honda supports our campus Hon Tech training program
by donating equipment and providing curricula.
|
|
|
|
Porsche. This is an example of a MSAT program
paid for by the OEM. We have a written agreement with Porsche
Cars of North America, Inc. whereby we provide the Porsche
Technician Apprenticeship Program (PTAP) at the Porsche Training
Center in Atlanta, Georgia using vehicles, equipment, specialty
tools and curricula provided by Porsche. The written agreement
expires on September 30, 2011 and may be renewed by mutual
agreement.
|
Student
Recruitment Model
We strive to increase our campus enrollment and profitability
through a web-centric marketing strategy and three primary
admissions channels. Our strategy enables us to recruit a
geographically dispersed and demographically diverse student
body including recent high school graduates and adult learners.
Marketing and Advertising. Our
marketing strategies are designed to identify potential students
who would benefit from our programs and pursue successful
careers upon completion. We leverage a web-centric inquiry
generation platform that focuses on nationally efficient
advertising coupled with the internet, where our website acts as
the primary hub of our campaigns, to inform and educate
potential students on the nature of our educational programs and
the employment opportunities that could be available to them.
Currently, we advertise on television, radio and multiple
internet sites, in magazines, and use events, social media
direct mail and telemarketing to reach prospective students.
We utilize a student centered recruiting policy to maximize
efficiency of our admissions representatives with a focus on the
prospective student. Our admissions representatives are provided
training and tools to assist any prospective student.
|
|
|
|
|
Field-Based Representatives. Our
field-based representatives recruit prospective students
primarily from high schools across the country with assigned
territories covering the United States and
U.S. territories. Our field-based education representatives
generate the majority of their inquiries by making career
presentations at high schools. Typically, the field-based
education representatives enroll high school students during an
application interview conducted at the homes of prospective
students.
|
Our reputation in local, regional and national business
communities, endorsements from high school guidance counselors
and the recommendations of satisfied graduates and employers are
some of our most effective recruiting tools. Accordingly, we
strive to build relationships with the people who influence the
career decisions of prospective students, such as vocational
instructors and high school guidance counselors. We conduct
seminars for high school career counselors and instructors at
our training facilities and campuses as a means of further
educating these individuals on the merits of our technical
training programs.
|
|
|
|
|
Campus-Based Representatives. Our
campus-based representatives recruit adult career seeker or
career changer students. These representatives respond to
student inquiries generated from national, regional and local
advertising and promotional activities. Since adults tend to
start our programs throughout the year
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
instead of in the fall as is most typical of traditional school
calendars, these students help balance our enrollment throughout
the year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Military Representatives. Our military
representatives develop relationships with military personnel
and provide information about our training programs. We deliver
career presentations to soldiers who are approaching their date
of separation or have recently separated from the military as a
means of further educating these individuals on the merits of
our technical training programs.
|
Student
Admissions and Retention
We currently employ approximately 350 field, military and campus
based education representatives who work directly with
prospective students to facilitate the enrollment process. At
each campus, student admissions are overseen by an admissions
department that reviews each application. Different programs
have varying admissions standards. For example, applicants for
programs offered at our Avondale, Arizona location, which offers
an associate of occupational studies (AOS) degree, must provide
proof of: high school graduation, or its equivalent,
certification of high school equivalency (G.E.D.); successful
completion of a degree program at the postsecondary level; or
successful completion of officially recognized home schooling.
Students who present a diploma or certificate evidencing
completion of home schooling or an online high school program
are required to take and pass an entrance exam. Applicants at
all other locations must meet the same requirements, or be at
least 21 years of age and have the ability to benefit from
the training as demonstrated by performance on a basic skills
exam. Students who are beyond the age of compulsory attendance
and have completed a high school program, but have not passed a
state high school completion exam where required or received an
Individualized Education Program diploma/certificate, may also
apply to attend through the ability to benefit option, and must
meet the same criteria outlined above.
To maximize the likelihood of student completion, we have
student services professionals and other resources to assist and
advise students regarding academic, financial, personal and
employment matters. Our consolidated student completion rate in
2010 was approximately 67%, which we believe compares favorably
with the student completion rates of other providers of
comparable educational/training programs.
Enrollment
We enroll students throughout the year. For the year ended
September 30, 2010, we had an average enrollment of
approximately 18,600 full-time undergraduate students,
representing an increase of approximately 17% as compared to the
twelve months ended September 30, 2009. Currently, our
student body is geographically diverse, with a majority of our
students at most campuses having relocated to attend our
programs. For the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and
2008, we had average undergraduate enrollments of approximately
18,600, 15,900 and 14,900, respectively. Given the solid
performance in 2010 and the uncertain regulatory environment, we
expect growth in new students and average enrollments to
moderate in 2011.
Graduate
Placement
Securing employment opportunities for our graduates is critical
to our ability to help our graduates benefit from their
education. Accordingly, we dedicate significant resources to
maintaining an effective graduate placement team. Our schools
instruct active students on employment search and interviewing
skills, provide access to reference materials and assistance
with the composition of resumes. We also have a centralized
department whose focus is to develop job opportunities and
referrals. We believe that our employment services program
provides our students with a more compelling value proposition
and enhances the employment opportunities for our graduates. Our
graduate placement rate continues to be under pressure due to
dealer consolidations and a surplus of experienced technicians
in certain geographic areas as well as general economic
conditions.
We calculate our placement rates in accordance with the
Accrediting Commission of Career Schools and Colleges (ACCSC)
guidelines. Our placement rates for 2009 and 2008 were 81% and
87%, respectively. The placement calculation is based on all
graduates, including those that completed manufacturer specific
advanced training programs, from October 1, 2008 to
September 30, 2009 and October 1, 2007 to
September 30, 2008, respectively. For 2009, UTI had
approximately 10,800 total graduates, of which approximately
10,100 were
9
available for employment. Of those graduates available for
employment, approximately 8,200 were employed at the time of
reporting, for a total of 81%. For 2008, UTI had approximately
11,900 total graduates, of which approximately 11,300 were
available for employment. Of those graduates available for
employment, approximately 9,800 were employed at the time of
reporting, for a total of 87%.
Faculty
and Employees
Faculty members are hired nationally in accordance with
established criteria, applicable accreditation standards and
applicable state regulations. Members of our faculty are
primarily industry professionals and are hired based on their
prior work and educational experience. We require a specific
level of industry experience in order to enhance the quality of
the programs we offer and to address current and
industry-specific issues in the course content. We provide
intensive instructional training and continuing education to our
faculty members to maintain the quality of instruction in all
fields of study. Our existing instructors have an average of
five years of experience teaching at UTI and our average
undergraduate
student-to-teacher
ratio is approximately 22-to-1.
Each schools support team typically includes a campus
president, an education director, an admissions director, a
financial aid director, a student services director, an
employment services director, a campus controller and a
facilities director. As of September 30, 2010, we had
approximately 2,470 full-time employees, including
approximately 680 student support employees and approximately
910 full-time instructors.
Our employees are not represented by labor unions and are not
subject to collective bargaining agreements. We have never
experienced a work stoppage, and we believe that we have a good
relationship with our employees. However, if we open new
campuses, we may encounter employees who desire or maintain
union representation.
Competition
Our main competitors are other proprietary career-oriented and
technical schools, including Lincoln Technical Institute, a
wholly-owned subsidiary of Lincoln Educational Services
Corporation; WyoTech, which is owned by Corinthian Colleges,
Inc., and traditional two-year junior and community colleges. We
compete at a local and regional level based primarily on the
content, visibility and accessibility of academic programs, the
quality of instruction and the time necessary to enter the
workforce. We believe that our industry relationships, size,
brand recognition, reputation and nationwide recruiting system
provide UTI a competitive advantage.
Environmental
Matters
We use hazardous materials at our training facilities and
campuses, and generate small quantities of regulated waste,
including, but not limited to, used oil, antifreeze,
transmission fluid, paint and car batteries. As a result, our
facilities and operations are subject to a variety of
environmental laws and regulations governing, among other
things, the use, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous
substances and waste, and the
clean-up of
contamination at our facilities or off-site locations to which
we send or have sent waste for disposal. We are also required to
obtain permits for our air emissions, and to meet operational
and maintenance requirements, including periodic testing, for an
underground storage tank located at one of our properties. In
the event we do not maintain compliance with any of these laws
and regulations, or if we are responsible for a spill or release
of hazardous materials, we could incur significant costs for
clean-up,
damages, and fines or penalties.
Available
Information
Our Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K
and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to
Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 are available on our website, www.uti.edu under the
Investors Financial Information
SEC Filings captions, as soon as reasonably practicable
after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it
to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Reports of our
executive officers, directors and any other persons required to
file securities ownership reports under Section 16(a) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are also available through
our website. Information contained on our website is not a part
of this Report and is not incorporated herein by reference.
10
In Part III of this
Form 10-K,
we incorporate by reference certain information from
parts of other documents filed with the SEC, specifically our
proxy statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The
SEC allows us to disclose important information by referring to
it in that manner. Please refer to such information. We
anticipate that on or about January 15, 2011, our proxy
statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be
filed with the SEC and available on our website at
www.uti.edu under the
Investors Financial
Information SEC Filings captions.
Information relating to corporate governance at UTI, including
our Code of Conduct for all of our employees and our
Supplemental Code of Ethics for our Chief Executive Officer and
senior financial officers, and information concerning Board
Committees, including Committee charters, is available on our
website at www.uti.edu under the
Investors Corporate Governance captions.
We will provide any of the foregoing information without charge
upon written request to Universal Technical Institute, Inc.,
20410 North 19th Avenue, Suite 200, Phoenix, Arizona
85027, Attention: Investor Relations.
Regulatory
Environment
Our institutions and students participate in a variety of
government-sponsored financial aid programs to assist students
in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of
such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended (HEA), commonly referred to as Title IV
Programs, which are administered by the U.S. Department of
Education (ED). In 2010, we derived approximately 73% of our
revenues, on a cash basis, from Title IV Programs.
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by ED, and be certified as an eligible
institution by ED. For these reasons, our institutions are
subject to extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of
these entities.
State
Authorization
Each of our institutions must be authorized by the applicable
education agency of the state in which the institution is
located to operate and to grant degrees, diplomas or
certificates to its students. Our institutions are subject to
extensive, ongoing regulation by each of these states. State
authorization is also required for an institution to become and
remain eligible to participate in Title IV Programs. In
addition, our institutions are required to be authorized by the
applicable state education agencies of certain other states in
which our institutions recruit students. Currently, each of our
institutions is authorized by the applicable state education
agency or agencies.
The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from
state to state and is extensive in some states. State laws
typically establish standards for instruction, qualifications of
faculty, location and nature of facilities and equipment,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and other operational matters. State laws and
regulations may limit our ability to offer educational programs
and to award degrees, diplomas or certificates. Some states
prescribe standards of financial responsibility that are
consistent with those prescribed by ED and some states require
institutions to post a surety bond. Currently, we have posted
surety bonds on behalf of our institutions and education
representatives with multiple states of approximately
$13.8 million. We believe that each of our institutions is
in substantial compliance with state education agency
requirements. If any one of our institutions were to lose its
authorization from the education agency of the state in which
the institution is located, that institution would be unable to
offer its programs and we could be forced to close that
institution. Further, the institution would lose its eligibility
to participate in Title IV Programs. If one of our
institutions were to lose its authorization from a state other
than the state in which the institution is located, that
institution would not be able to recruit students in that state.
Additionally, on October 29, 2010, ED issued final
regulations imposing new requirements on states with regard to
state authorization for purposes of establishing eligibility to
participate in Title IV Programs. States that do not
currently have an approval framework that meets ED requirements
will need to modify their authorization requirements in order
for institutions to maintain their eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs. Any state regulatory changes that are
made either in response to this regulation or otherwise, may
lengthen the time for
11
obtaining necessary state approvals and may increase the type
and nature of state regulation in such a way as to require us to
modify our operations in order to comply with the new
requirements and to impose substantial additional costs on our
institutions. These new requirements go into effect July 1,
2011, and will require our institutions to respond quickly to
evolving state regulatory requirements caused by the new rules
imposed by ED.
Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which
we operate, it is possible that those states may reduce the
number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state
education agencies that authorize our institutions. A delay or
refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes
in our operations that require state approval, such as the
opening of a new campus, the introduction of new programs,
revisions to an existing program, a change of control or the
hiring or placement of new education representatives, could
prevent us from making, or delay our ability to make, such
changes.
The California Bureau for Private Postsecondary and Vocational
Education (BPPVE), the state authorizing agency for our two
campuses located in California, became inoperative on
June 30, 2007 and in accordance with a sunset provision in
the state law and certain other provisions of the law were
repealed effective January 1, 2008. In October 2009,
California approved the California Private Postsecondary
Education Act of 2009, which became effective January 1,
2010. The act established the Bureau for Private Postsecondary
Education in the Department of Consumer Affairs as a successor
agency to the BPPVE.
Accreditation
Accreditation is a non-governmental process through which an
institution voluntarily submits to ongoing qualitative review by
an organization of peer institutions. Accrediting commissions
primarily examine the academic quality of the institutions
instructional programs, and a grant of accreditation is
generally viewed as confirmation that the institutions
programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting
commissions also review the administrative and financial
operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each
institution has the resources necessary to perform its
educational mission.
Accreditation by an accrediting commission recognized by ED is
required for an institution to be certified to participate in
Title IV Programs. In order to be recognized by ED,
accrediting commissions must adopt specific standards for their
review of educational institutions. All of our institutions are
accredited by the ACCSC, an accrediting commission recognized by
ED. Our campuses received a five-year grant of accreditation
effective as follows:
May 2009 Phoenix, Arizona, Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute (MMI)
February 2009 Avondale, Arizona; Houston, Texas;
Rancho Cucamonga, California; Orlando, Florida; and Glendale
Heights, Illinois
December 2008 Mooresville, North Carolina, NASCAR
Technical Institute (UTI/NTI)
December 2007 Sacramento, California
July 2007 Norwood, Massachusetts
October 2006 Exton, Pennsylvania
Our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus received an initial two-year
grant of accreditation on March 4, 2010 and will be
eligible for a five-year grant of accreditation in 2012. We
believe that each of our institutions is in substantial
compliance with ACCSC accreditation standards. If any one of our
institutions lost its accreditation, students attending that
institution would no longer be eligible to receive Title IV
Program funding, and we could be forced to close that
institution.
An accrediting commission may place an institution on reporting
status to monitor one or more specified areas of performance in
relation to the accreditation standards. An institution placed
on reporting status is required to report periodically to the
accrediting commission on that institutions performance in
the area or areas specified by the commission.
12
Nature of
Federal and State Support for Postsecondary Education
The federal government provides a substantial part of its
support for postsecondary education through Title IV
Programs, in the form of grants and loans to students who can
use those funds at any institution that has been certified as
eligible by ED. Most aid under Title IV Programs is awarded
on the basis of financial need, generally defined as the
difference between the cost of attending the institution and the
amount a student can reasonably contribute to that cost. All
recipients of Title IV Program funds must maintain a
satisfactory grade point average and make timely progress toward
completion of their program of study. In addition, each
institution must ensure that Title IV Program funds are
properly accounted for and disbursed in the correct amounts to
eligible students.
During 2010, students at our institutions received grants and
loans to fund their education under the following Title IV
Programs: (1) the Federal Family Education Loan (FFEL)
program; (2) William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan (D
L) program; (3) the Federal Pell Grant (Pell) program;
(4) the Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant
(FSEOG) program; and (5) the Federal Perkins Loan (Perkins)
program. Effective June 30, 2010, the FFEL program was
retired by the federal government and wholly replaced by the DL
program.
Federal
Title IV Programs
FFEL. Through June 30, 2010, banks
and other lending institutions made loans to students or their
parents. Should a student or parent default on an FFEL loan,
payment is guaranteed by a federally recognized guaranty agency,
which is then reimbursed by ED. Students with financial need
continue to qualify for interest subsidies while in school and
during grace periods. The FFEL loan program was eliminated for
all loans made as of July 1, 2010. In 2010, we derived
approximately 36% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from the
FFEL program.
DL. Under the DL program, ED makes
loans to students or their parents with loan terms and
conditions much the same as those found in the FFEL program.
However, there are no private banks, other lending institutions
or guaranty agencies involved with DL. In 2010, we derived
approximately 18% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from the DL
program.
Pell. Under the Pell program, ED makes
grants to students who demonstrate financial need. In 2010, we
derived approximately 18% of our revenues, on a cash basis, from
the Pell program.
FSEOG. FSEOG grants are designed to
supplement Pell grants for students with the greatest financial
need. We are required to provide matching funding for 25% of all
awards made under this program. In 2010, we derived less than 1%
of our revenues, on a cash basis, from the FSEOG program.
Perkins. Perkins loans are made from a
revolving institutional account in which 75% of new funding is
capitalized by ED and the remainder by the institution. Each
institution is responsible for collecting payments on Perkins
loans from its former students and lending those funds to
currently enrolled students. Defaults by students on their
Perkins loans reduce the amount of funds available in the
institutions revolving account to make loans to additional
students, but the institution does not have any obligation to
guarantee the loans or repay the defaulted amounts. For the
federal award year that extends from July 1, 2010 through
June 30, 2011, ED has no current plans to disburse any new
federal funds to any institutions for Perkins loans due to
federal appropriations limitations; however, institutions are
permitted to make new Perkins loans to students out of their
existing revolving accounts. In 2010, we derived less than 1% of
our revenues, on a cash basis, from the Perkins program.
Other
Federal and State Programs
Some of our students receive financial aid from federal sources
other than Title IV Programs, such as the programs
administered by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and
under the Workforce Investment Act. On August 1, 2009, the
Post-9/11 GI Bill became effective exclusively for veterans
pursuing programs at degree granting institutions of higher
learning. Currently, only our Avondale, Arizona campus has
degree programs. Students attending all campuses continue to use
their eligible veterans benefits, such as the Montgomery GI
Bill, the Reserve Education Assistance Program (REAP) and VA
Vocational Rehabilitation. In addition, some states also provide
financial aid to our students in the form of grants, loans or
scholarships. The eligibility requirements for state financial
aid and other federal aid programs vary among the funding
agencies and by program. Several states that provide financial
aid to our students, including California and Pennsylvania,
continue to face significant
13
budgetary constraints. We believe that the overall level of
state financial aid for our students may decrease in the near
term, but we cannot predict how significant any such reductions
will be or how long they will last.
Regulation
of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must be
authorized to offer its programs by the relevant state education
agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized
by ED and be certified as eligible by ED. ED will certify an
institution to participate in Title IV Programs only after
the institution has demonstrated compliance with the HEA and
EDs extensive regulations regarding institutional
eligibility. An institution must also demonstrate its compliance
to ED on an ongoing basis. All of our institutions are certified
to participate in Title IV Programs.
EDs Title IV Program standards are applied primarily
on an institutional basis, with an institution defined by ED as
a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under this
definition for ED purposes we have the following three
institutions:
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Arizona
|
Main campus: Universal Technical Institute, Avondale, Arizona
Additional locations: Universal Technical Institute, Glendale
Heights, Illinois
Universal
Technical Institute, Rancho Cucamonga, California
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute NASCAR Technical
Institute, Mooresville, North Carolina
|
Universal
Technical Institute, Norwood, Massachusetts
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix
|
|
|
|
|
Main campus:
|
Universal Technical Institute DBA Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute, Motorcycle & Marine Mechanics Institute,
Phoenix, Arizona
|
|
|
|
|
Additional locations:
|
Universal Technical Institute, Sacramento, California
|
Universal
Technical Institute, Orlando, Florida
Divisions: Motorcycle Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
Marine
Mechanics Institute, Orlando, Florida
Automotive,
Orlando, Florida
|
|
|
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Texas
|
Main campus: Universal Technical Institute, Houston, Texas
Additional locations: Universal Technical Institute, Exton,
Pennsylvania
Universal
Technical Institute, Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas
The substantial amount of federal funds disbursed through
Title IV Programs, the large number of students and
institutions participating in those programs and instances of
fraud and abuse by some institutions and students in the past
have caused Congress to require ED to exercise significant
regulatory oversight over institutions participating in
Title IV Programs. Accrediting commissions and state
education agencies also have responsibility for overseeing
compliance of institutions with Title IV Program
requirements. As a result, each of our institutions is subject
to detailed oversight and review, and must comply with a complex
framework of laws and regulations. Because ED periodically
revises its regulations and changes its interpretation of
existing laws and regulations, we cannot predict with certainty
how the Title IV Program requirements will be applied in
all circumstances.
Significant factors relating to Title IV Programs that
could adversely affect us include the following:
Congressional Action. Political and
budgetary concerns significantly affect Title IV Programs.
Congress has historically reauthorized the HEA approximately
every five to six years. The HEA was reauthorized, amended and
signed into law on August 14, 2008 (Act). The Act continued
the availability of Title IV Program funds,
14
authorized additional aid and benefits for students, required
new federal reporting items and disclosures and codified
additional compliance requirements related to student loans. In
addition, the Act implemented numerous changes that impact how
our institutions comply with the requirement that they receive
no less than a certain percentage of their revenue from sources
other than Title IV Programs, and with the cohort default
rate requirement.
Congress reviews and determines federal appropriations for
Title IV Programs on an annual basis. Since a significant
percentage of our revenues is derived from Title IV
Programs, any action by Congress that significantly reduces
Title IV Program funding, or reduces the ability of our
institutions or students to participate in Title IV
Programs, could reduce our student enrollment and revenues.
Congressional action may also increase our administrative costs
and require us to modify our practices in order for our
institutions to comply with Title IV Program requirements.
The 2010 Congress has increased its focus on for-profit
education institutions in recent months, including regarding
participation in Title IV Programs and U.S. Department
of Defense oversight of tuition assistance for military service
members attending for-profit colleges. Further, a number of
legislators have variously requested that the
U.S. Government Accountability Office review and make
recommendations with respect to, among other things, recruiting
practices, educational quality, student outcomes, the
sufficiency of safeguards against fraud, waste and abuse in
Title IV Programs and the percentage of revenue of
for-profit colleges coming from Title IV Programs and other
federal funding sources.
On March 30, 2010, President Obama signed the Health Care
and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (HCERA) into law. The
HCERA provided that, after June 30, 2010, no new student
loans can be made under the FFEL program. Therefore, beginning
July 1, 2010, all new subsidized and unsubsidized Stafford
Loans made to students, PLUS loans made to parents, and
consolidation loans made to borrowers, are made under the DL
program. The Perkins program was not affected by the HCERA.
HCERA also provided for more stable and predictable funding for
the Pell program. Pell Grant maximum awards to eligible students
in future years will reflect an appropriated base amount with a
mandatory add-on. From award years
2014-2015
through award years
2017-2018,
increases to the mandatory add-on will be based on estimated
changes to the consumer price index.
Beginning in June 2010, the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and
Pensions Committee (HELP) held three hearings examining the
business practices of proprietary institutions such
as ours. The hearings have focused on student recruitment and
marketing practices, percentage of revenue from Title IV
Program funds, and the quality, cost, and completion rates of
programs at proprietary institutions. HELP will likely hold a
fourth hearing in the series, expected to focus on proprietary
institutions accreditation or recruitment of veterans,
during the lame duck session of Congress that begins
in mid-November. Further hearings are anticipated in 2011.
On August 5, 2010, HELP formally requested information and
documents from 30 for-profit schools, including 15
privately-held institutions and all publicly-traded
institutions, including us. We complied with the request in a
timely manner. The Committee sought this information in the
pursuit of an accurate and in-depth understanding of how
for-profit schools use Federal resources such as Title IV
Program aid. The letter of inquiry contained no assertion of
misuse of public funds or assumption of non-compliance with
federal rules
and/or
regulations. While we believe we will be found to have operated
in a substantially compliant manner with respect to federal law
and ED regulations, at this time we cannot predict whether this
inquiry will result in any material impact on the manner in
which we conduct our business, or how significant any such
impacts will be.
In coordination with the HELP hearings, Senator Harkin, Chairman
of the Senate Health, Education, Labor and Pensions Committee,
released two sharply critical reports on proprietary
institutions. The first, Emerging Risk?: An Overview of
Growth, Spending, Student Debt and Unanswered Questions in
For-Profit Education released June 24, 2010 (June
report), recommended rigorous government oversight and
regulation to safeguard the investments of taxpayers and
students. The June report, relying on publicly available
data and reports, suggested that the corporate obligation of
proprietary institutions to maximize profits for their
shareholders may conflict with such public and student
investments. The second, The Return on the Federal
Investment in For-Profit Education: Debt Without a
Diploma, released September 30, 2010; (September
report), found that more than half of the students at many for
profit institutions drop out within the first two years, and
many students leave with significant loan debt. The September
report concluded (in part) that under current federal law and
regulations, for-profit institutions can be extremely
profitable while failing a majority of [their] students,
and that such institutions
15
mask high withdrawal rates with aggressive
recruiting and enrolling of new students. The September report
is based on an analysis of the documents submitted to HELP in
response to the August 5 request for documents.
Chairman Harkin has announced that he intends to introduce
legislation aimed at addressing what he perceives as abusive
practices of some proprietary institutions. He will also most
likely hold additional oversight hearings of the proprietary
school industry should he remain HELP Chairman in the next
Congress. These hearings and reports could result in the
enactment of more stringent legislation by Congress. To the
extent that any laws are adopted that limit our or our
students participation in Title IV Programs or the
amount of student financial aid for which our students are
eligible, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Further, action by Congress may also increase our administrative
costs and require us to modify our practices in order for our
institutions to comply with Title IV Program requirements.
In addition to the HELP hearings, in April and July, the Senate
Veterans Affairs Committee held hearings to examine the
need for technical corrections to the veterans educational
assistance program updated by the Post
9/11
GI Bill of 2008 (Chapter 33). The Committee approved
legislation making such corrections in October (the Post-9/11
Veterans Educational Assistance Improvements Act of 2010; S.
3447) which would expand Chapter 33 benefits in two
ways relevant to us. First, it would expand the pool of veterans
eligible for Chapter 33 benefits by explicitly including
all members of the National Guard and Active Guard Reserve, some
of whom are currently ineligible. Second, it would allow
veterans to use Chapter 33 benefits to pay for educational
programs other than programs leading to a degree, including
certificate programs such as those offered by us. The
legislation has been placed on the Senates legislative
calendar; if approved, its provisions would take effect on
August 1, 2011. We cannot predict whether Congress will
approve the legislation or whether it will be approved in its
current form.
Finally, in September, the House Armed Services Subcommittee on
Oversight and Investigations held a hearing examining the
quality of college education programs provided to active duty
service members, including those provided by proprietary
institutions such as ours. Subcommittee Chairman Vic Snyder and
Representative Walter Jones expressed concerns about proprietary
institutions reliance on federal funding, through both
Title IV Program funds and military tuition assistance, and
the higher rates charged by some proprietary institutions
compared to similar programs at public and non-profit schools.
Chairman Snyder also questioned whether programs at proprietary
institutions offered similar educational quality. Witnesses from
military education programs, however, argued that the military
exercises appropriate oversight over programs participating in
tuition assistance, and emphasized that service members may only
use tuition assistance funds to attend institutions with
accreditation recognized by ED. To the extent these hearings
result in additional legislation that would impose additional
oversight over participation of proprietary schools in tuition
assistance for active duty service members and veterans our
business could be materially adversely affected.
This increased activity in Congress may result in legislation,
further rulemakings affecting participation in Title IV
Programs and other governmental actions. In addition, concerns
generated by this Congressional activity may adversely affect
enrollment in for-profit educational institutions. Limitations
on the amount of Title IV Program funds for which our
students are eligible under Title IV Programs could
materially adversely affect our business.
Final Rulemaking by the U.S. Department of
Education. To develop new regulations related
to the oversight of Title IV Programs and in accordance
with the requirements of the HEA, ED periodically convenes
committees comprised of various constituencies to discuss
revisions to the regulations, and the committee members
negotiate the terms of the revisions with ED. This process is
referred to as negotiated rulemaking. When a
negotiated rulemaking committee reaches consensus on all
proposed regulatory language and associated edits, then ED must
propose the regulations to the public in the form agreed to by
the committee. However, if the committee does not reach
consensus on all topics, then ED can move forward with revisions
to the regulations as originally proposed or change certain
provisions without additional discussion.
In November 2009, ED established a committee to negotiate new
regulatory language relative to program integrity topics. This
group held three separate week-long meetings, the last of which
occurred in January 2010. The program integrity negotiated
rulemaking process addressed 14 different topics and the
committee responsible for discussing these provisions, which
included representatives of the various higher education
constituencies, was unable to reach consensus on the form of all
of the proposed rules. Accordingly, under the negotiated
rulemaking
16
protocol, ED could propose rules without regard to the tentative
agreement or disagreement regarding certain issues.
On June 18, 2010, ED issued a Notice of Proposed Rulemaking
(NPRM) in respect of the program integrity issues, addressing 13
of the 14 issues in their entirety, and partially addressing the
gainful employment topic. ED allowed a 45 day public
comment period during which time we provided written commentary
on the proposed regulatory language. Subsequently, on
July 23, 2010, ED issued a separate NPRM containing
proposed gainful employment metrics, with a separate 45 day
public comment period to which we also responded.
On October 29, 2010, ED issued final regulations pertaining
to certain aspects of the administration of Title IV
Programs. With minor exceptions these regulations will become
effective July 1, 2011. ED previously announced that it was
delaying until early 2011 publication of final regulations on
certain further proposed gainful employment regulations, which
are expected to become effective July 1, 2012 or
thereafter. Currently, we have identified the rules concerning
gainful employment, compensation, the definition of a credit
hour and the broadened definition of misrepresentation as the
rules likely to materially impact our business. We are in the
process of reviewing and assessing the likely impact of the
October 29, 2010 final regulations on our operations. We
cannot currently predict how significant any such impact will
be. Compliance with these final rules could have a material
impact on the manner in which we conduct our business and the
results of our operations.
Proposed New Definition of Gainful Employment in a
Recognized Occupation. The HEA requires an
eligible proprietary institution to provide an eligible
program of training to prepare students for gainful employment
in a recognized occupation in order for the
institutions students to qualify for Title IV Program
assistance. ED is relying on this statutory provision to propose
implementation of the so-called gainful employment rule. On
July 26, 2010, ED issued proposed regulations defining
gainful employment in respect of a particular program by
reference to two debt-related tests: one based on student debt
service-to-income
ratios for program graduates, and the other based on student
loan repayment rates for program enrollees. Based on the
application of these tests, a program may be eligible to
participate in Title IV Programs without restriction, may
be eligible to participate in Title IV Programs with
disclosure requirements, may be on restricted status and only
able to participate in Title IV Programs with material
restrictions (including enrollment limitations), or may be
ineligible to participate in Title IV Programs.
The proposed debt
service-to-income
test measures the median annual student loan debt service of
graduates of a program, as a percentage of their average annual
earnings
and/or their
discretionary income, as defined, in each case
measured over the preceding three years or, in some cases, the
three years prior to the preceding three years. The proposed
loan repayment test measures the loan repayment rate for former
enrollees in, and not just graduates of, a program. The
repayment rate is calculated as a percentage of all program
enrollee Title IV Program loans that entered into repayment
during the preceding four federal fiscal years that are in
current repayment status, determined on a dollar weighted basis
by reference to the original principal amount of such loans. A
loan would be considered to be in current status if it has been
fully repaid or debt service has been paid such that the
outstanding principal balance was reduced during the most recent
federal fiscal year.
The proposed rules provide for a two-year phase-in. For the
award year beginning July 1, 2012, only the
lowest-performing programs accounting for 5% of all graduates
during the prior year would be subject to losing eligibility.
Under the proposed rules, the full application of the
eligibility rules would commence with the award year beginning
July 1, 2013. It was originally anticipated that the final
rule on gainful employment would be released by November 1,
2010, to be effective by July 1, 2011. ED subsequently
pushed back the release of certain aspects of the gainful
employment rule until 2011. It is unclear whether and how this
delay will impact the implementation timeline.
The above descriptions of the proposed gainful employment rules
are qualified in their entirety by the text of the proposed
rules. These proposed rules are complex and their application
involves many interpretive and other issues, not all of which
may be addressed in any final rulemaking.
ED has not provided access to the income and debt service
information sufficient to determine the impact of these proposed
gainful employment rules on our programs, nor has it adequately
described the treatment of debt data related to students who
graduate from multiple programs. If these rules are adopted in
the form proposed, based
17
on preliminary analysis and using data to approximate that which
ED may use, we believe a limited number of our programs may be
ineligible for Title IV Program funding or restricted
because they may not meet at least one of the specified tests.
However, our analysis was based on the current state of student
debt levels and repayment behavior, whereas future outcomes
under the metrics, which we expect to be published in 2011,
could be materially different. Such factors could be impacted by
changes in the income level of our graduates, increases in
interest rates, changes in the federal poverty income level
relevant for calculating discretionary income, changes in the
percentage of our former students who are current in repayment
of their student loans, and other factors as well as changes
with respect to EDs proposed metrics. If a particular
program ceased to be eligible for Title IV Program funding,
in most cases it would not be practical to continue offering
that program under our current business model, which could
reduce our enrollment, and have a material impact on our results
of operations.
ED did publish final rules on October 29, 2010 covering a
portion of the proposed gainful employment rules, to be
effective July 1, 2011. These rules require institutions of
higher education, proprietary institutions of higher education
and postsecondary vocational institutions to provide prospective
students information concerning, among other things, each
eligible programs on-time graduation and job placement
rates calculated in accordance with ED specifications; the
occupation for which such programs prepare students to enter;
the tuition, fees and typical costs for books, supplies, and
room and board, if applicable, associated with completing such
programs and the median loan debt incurred by students who
completed the program. Such disclosures could negatively impact
student enrollment in our institutions which could have a
material impact on our results of operations. The final rules
also require schools to provide ED with information that will
allow determination of student debt levels and incomes after
program completion, such as student enrollment and completion
information, the Classification of Instructional Program (CIP)
code for that program, information indicating if students
matriculated into a higher level program at the same institution
or transferred to another institution; and the amounts the
student received from private educational loans and
institutional financing plans.
In addition, the final regulations will add an elaborate review
process for new programs. An institution seeking to initiate a
new program will be required to provide ED at least 90 days
notice in the form of an extended narrative that must include
the following: a description of how the institution determined
there was a need for the program, preferably based on labor
force data such as BLS data or similar sources; how the program
was designed to meet that need; how the program was developed
with input or oversight from the relevant program advisory
board, potential employers or other sources; a description of
any wage analysis it may have performed; and the applicable
state and accrediting approvals. ED will review the notice and
either approve, request additional information, or deny
approval. An institution cannot use Title IV Program funds
for an educational program until it is approved. In reviewing
these applications, ED will also consider broader questions such
as the institutions financial and administrative track
record, whether the new program would replace or supplement
existing programs, and whether the number of proposed new
programs is consistent with the institutions historic
pattern in growth and operations. ED made a point of stating
that it will consider these additional factors to prevent
institutions from adding new programs simply to establish a new
starting point for those programs so that they cannot be
measured under the three to four year performance standards as
contemplated under the gainful employment regulations to be
published in 2011. ED also stated that this new program approval
regulation is an interim regulation that will remain
in place until it publishes its performance-based
gainful employment regulations which can then also be used for
the consideration of new programs. Thus, the regulations related
to ED pre-approval of new programs under the gainful employment
regulations published on October 29, 2010 could be
superseded as early as July 1, 2012. We are evaluating the
impact of the new rules on our ability to grow our business with
new program offerings. We anticipate there will be a longer
timeframe for the approval of new programs. Further, we cannot
predict the form of the final rules regarding gainful employment
program metrics that may be adopted by ED. Compliance with these
rules in the form proposed could reduce our enrollment, increase
our cost of doing business, and have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, results of operations and
cash flows.
Restrictions on Payment of Commissions, Bonuses and Other
Incentive Payments. An institution participating
in Title IV Programs may not provide any commission, bonus
or other incentive payment based directly or indirectly on
success in securing enrollments or financial aid to any person
or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission
activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of
Title IV Program funds. The law and regulations governing
this requirement do not establish clear criteria for compliance
in all circumstances.
18
However, current ED regulations establish criteria for complying
with this standard in certain situations. Specifically, the
current regulations include twelve safe harbors that define
specific types of compensation that are deemed to constitute
permissible incentive compensation. We rely on several of these
safe harbors to ensure that our compensation and recruitment
practices comply with the applicable regulatory requirements.
On October 29, 2010, ED modified the existing regulation to
eliminate the safe harbors and the associated descriptions that
currently exist to define appropriate and permissible incentive
compensation. The revised regulation without the safe harbors
will become effective July 1, 2011. There are several safe
harbors that are relevant to our operations. For example, ED
repealed the safe harbor on salary adjustments, which until now
has allowed a school to adjust employees fixed annual
salaries or wages up to two times during any twelve-month period
as long as the adjustment was not based solely on the number of
students recruited, admitted, enrolled or awarded financial aid.
In eliminating this safe harbor, EDs final regulation
prohibits schools from making salary adjustments based directly
or indirectly, in any part, no matter how small, on the
employees success in securing enrollments or the number of
students recruited, enrolled or awarded financial aid.
Similarly, the final rule repeals the safe harbor on graduation
bonuses, which until now has allowed institutions to make
payments to employees based on the number of students they
recruited or enrolled who subsequently completed their academic
program or one full year of their program, whichever was
shorter. In eliminating this safe harbor, the final rule adopts
the proposed prohibition of any payments or incentives based on
students graduation or completion of any part of their
program. In addition, the commentary to the final rule clarifies
that the payment of incentives based on how many students
receive jobs in their field of study after graduation is also
prohibited.
The final rule also repeals the safe harbor on managerial and
supervisory employees, which until now has allowed schools to
pay incentive compensation to managerial and supervisory
employees who do not directly manage or supervise employees who
are directly involved in recruiting, admissions, or awarding
financial aid. In eliminating this safe harbor, the final rule
provides that the compensation restrictions will apply to any
employee who undertakes recruiting or admitting of students, or
who makes decisions about and awards Title IV Program
funds, as well as any higher level employee with responsibility
for recruitment or admission of students, or making decisions
about awarding Title IV Program funds. Further, the final
rule repeals the safe harbor on contracts with third parties for
recruitment services, which until now has allowed schools to
make any form of payment, including tuition sharing
arrangements, to outside companies that assist schools with
recruiting, admissions activities, or the awarding of financial
aid, so long as the outside company pays its own employees in
accordance with the incentive compensation restrictions
applicable to how schools may pay their own employees. In
eliminating this safe harbor, the final rule applies the same
restrictions on a schools payments to an outside company
as it will be applying to a schools payments to its own
individual employees. The new regulations do provide an
exception permitting payment to an outside company for providing
student contact information for prospective students, provided
that such payments are not based on the number of students who
apply or enroll, or on any additional conduct by the outside
company such as pre-admission activities. The commentary to the
final rule also clarifies that click-through payments made to
third parties based on the number of clicks on a website are
permissible, as long as those payments are not based in any
part, directly or indirectly, on the number of individuals who
enroll or are awarded financial aid.
Although we cannot assure you that ED will not find deficiencies
in our compensation plans, we believe that our current plans are
in compliance with the HEA and EDs regulations as they
currently exist. Prior to the July 1, 2011 effective date
of the revised regulation, we will modify our compensation plans
to ensure compliance based on implementation guidance issued by
ED, if any, as well as advice provided by both internal and
external legal counsel to ensure compliance with the applicable
regulations. ED has stated that it will not review or approve
individual institutions compensation plans and, therefore
will not review any modifications to our plans under the new
regulations. These modifications to our compensation plans may
adversely affect our ability to compensate our employees and our
retention compensation practices for third parties. Given
EDs unwillingness to review institutions
compensation plans and the elimination of the safe harbors, we
anticipate it may be more difficult to determine what
constitutes compliance with the incentive compensation
prohibitions after the effective date of the new regulations.
Change to the
Clock-to-Credit
Hour Conversion Ratio. Current ED regulations
provide the formula that certain undergraduate programs must use
to convert the number of clock hours offered to the appropriate
number of
19
credit hours used for determining the maximum amount of
Title IV Program funds available with respect to a
particular educational program, and the requirements for
identifying the undergraduate programs subject to using the
formula. Under the current regulations, for these programs, each
semester hour must include at least 30 clock hours of
instruction. An institution must use the formula to determine if
a program is eligible for Title IV Program purposes unless
the institution offers an undergraduate program in credit hours
that is at least two academic years in length and leads to an
associate degree, a bachelors degree, or a professional
degree, or each course within the program is acceptable for full
credit toward an associate degree, bachelors degree, or
professional degree offered by the institution, and the degree
offered by the institution requires at least two academic years
of study. Most or all of our educational programs at each of our
locations are subject to the conversion rules.
The final rules published on October 29, 2010, to be
effective July 1, 2011, revise the ratio for the conversion
of clock to credit hours to align the minimum clock hours in an
academic year to the minimum credit hours in an academic year,
i.e., 900 clock hours to 24 semester hours. Thus, a converted
semester hour for Title IV Program funding purposes will be
based on at least 37.5 clock hours. As many of our programs of
study will be subject to the new conversion ratio, Title IV
Program funds will be reduced, although to what degree depends
on individual students, their programs of study, the campuses
they attend, and their enrollment start date. Any resulting loss
of Title IV Program funding would require replacement with
other non-Title IV Program funds, including but not limited
to scholarships, private alternative loans, institutional loans
or student cash payments. Further, the loss of Title IV
Program funds eligibility associated with our programs subject
to the new conversion rule may adversely impact student demand
for those programs, and could therefore reduce new enrollments
and have a material impact on our results of operations. At this
time we are evaluating options and opportunities to mitigate the
risk of adverse impact to us in advance of the July 1, 2011
implementation date of the new rules, including possible changes
to our curriculum, funding options and tuition pricing to
address the changes to the rule.
Revisions to Misrepresentation
Regulations. The October 29 final regulations
make significant changes to the definition of misrepresentation
for purposes of Title IV Program compliance. That term now
includes any false, erroneous or misleading statement that has
the likelihood or tendency to deceive or confuse without regard
to materiality or intent. The areas of particular sensitivity to
ED include potential misrepresentation of the nature of an
educational program, the nature of any financial charges, the
employability of graduates, and the manner in which the
institutions relationship with ED is depicted. The revised
regulations also establish institutional liability for any
statements made by any third party agent of our institutions or
company and for statements made to any member of the public, an
accrediting agency or any state agency, as well as to students.
The revised regulations also broadens the administrative
remedies available to ED in the event of a substantial
misrepresentation by an eligible institution to include
revocation of the institutions program participation
agreement, imposition of limitations on the institutions
participation in Title IV Programs, denial of participation
applications filed on behalf of the institution and initiation
of a termination, fine or other proceeding against the
institution. Further, although ED claims not to have created any
private right of action, the regulation creates potential new
exposure in qui tam actions under the False Claims Act.
The 90/10 Rule. A for-profit
institution loses its eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs if it derives more than 90% of its
revenue from Title IV Programs for two consecutive fiscal
years as calculated under a cash basis formula mandated by ED.
The Act and ED regulations set forth the specific requirements
for the calculation of the Title IV Program revenue
percentage, mandate expanded disclosure requirements in how an
institution presents the calculation, provide short-term relief
to help offset the impact of recent increases in student
eligibility for Title IV Program funds, and impose negative
consequences if an institution exceeds the 90% limit.
The Act provides that an institution will lose its Title IV
Program eligibility for a period of at least two fiscal years if
it exceeds the 90% threshold for two consecutive institutional
fiscal years. Further, the loss of eligibility would begin on
the first day of the fiscal year after the second consecutive
year in which the institution exceeded the 90% limit, and any
Title IV Program funds already received by the institution
and its students during the period of ineligibility would have
to be returned to ED or the applicable lender. In addition, if
an institution exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will
place the institution on provisional certification for a period
of at least two years.
The Act sets specific standards for certain elements in the
calculation of an institutions percentage under the 90/10
Rule, including the treatment of certain portions of Stafford
loans, institutional loans, and revenue received
20
from students who are enrolled in educational programs that are
not eligible for Title IV Program funding. The annual
unsubsidized Stafford loans available for undergraduate students
under the FFEL/DL program increased by $2,000 on July 1,
2008, which, coupled with increases in the amount of Pell Grants
available to students, has resulted and may continue to result
in some of our institutions receiving an increased amount of
revenue from Title IV Programs. Further, the number of
Pell-eligible students enrolled in our institutions has
significantly increased due to poor national economic
conditions, thereby increasing the total cash basis revenue
these institutions receive from the Pell Grant program.
The Act does provide limited short-term relief from these
increases in the availability of Title IV Program funds,
but certain provisions of the Act that provide the basis for
this relief will expire in our 2011 or 2012 fiscal year. For the
period from July 1, 2008 until June 30, 2011, an
institution may count as non-Title IV Program revenue that
portion (up to $2,000) of any unsubsidized Stafford loan
received by a student that exceeds the maximum loan amount that
would have been available to such student under the law that was
in effect prior to July 1, 2008. Further, for the period
from July 1, 2008 until June 30, 2012, schools that
provide institutional loans to their students may count the net
present value of those institutional loans as non-Title IV
Program revenue in the fiscal year in which the loan is made,
rather than counting the cash payments from the students over
the repayment period. We have monitored the effects of these
short-term relief measures on our 90/10 Rule calculations and,
based on our internal review, we believe our revenue from
Title IV Programs will remain under 90% after the temporary
relief expires.
At September 30, 2010, our institutions annual
Title IV percentages as calculated under the 90/10 rule
ranged from approximately 69% to 77%. We regularly monitor
compliance with this requirement to minimize the risk that any
of our institutions would derive more than the allowable maximum
percentage of its revenue from Title IV Programs for any
fiscal year.
Student Loan Defaults. To remain
eligible to participate in Title IV Programs, institutions
must maintain federal student loan cohort default rates below
specified levels. ED calculates an institutions cohort
default rate on an annual basis. The currently applicable rate
is derived from student FFEL/DL borrowers who first enter loan
repayment during a federal fiscal year ending September 30 and
subsequently default on those loans by the end of the following
federal fiscal year, which represents a two-year measuring
period. An institution whose cohort default rate equals or
exceeds 25% for three consecutive federal fiscal years or 40%
for any given federal fiscal year loses eligibility to
participate in some or all Title IV Programs for the
remainder of the federal fiscal year in which ED determines that
such institution has lost its eligibility and for the two
subsequent federal fiscal years. None of our institutions had an
FFEL cohort default rate of 25% or greater for any of the
federal fiscal years 2008, 2007 and 2006, the three most recent
years for which ED has published such rates. The following table
sets forth the FFEL cohort default rates for our institutions
for those years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Two-Year Cohort Default Rates for
|
|
|
Cohort Years Ended September 30,(1)
|
Institution
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Universal Technical Institute of Arizona
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
Universal Technical Institute of Phoenix
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
Universal Technical Institute of Texas
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
All proprietary postsecondary institutions
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
11.0
|
%
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Based on information published by the U.S. Department of
Education. |
The Act expands by one year the period for which student loan
defaults will be included in the calculation of an
institutions default rate, a change that is expected to
increase our cohort default rates. The new law also increases
the threshold for an institution to lose its eligibility to
participate in the relevant Title IV Programs for three
consecutive years from 25% to 30% although the one year
threshold of 40% has not been increased. Beginning with the 2009
cohort, ED will calculate both the current two-year and the new
three-year cohort default rates. Beginning with the 2011
three-year cohort default rate published in September 2014, the
three-year rates will be applied for purposes of measuring
compliance with the requirements.
21
An institution whose cohort default rate under the FFEL program
is less than 10% for three consecutive years is not subject to a
30 day delay in receiving the first disbursement on FFEL
loans. As of September 30, 2010, none of our institutions
are subject to delayed disbursements. An institution whose
cohort default rate under the FFEL program is 25% or greater,
but less than 40%, for any one of the three most recent federal
fiscal years may be placed on provisional certification status
by ED for up to three years. None of our institutions are on
provisional status with ED.
Perkins. An institution with a cohort
default rate under the Perkins program that is greater than 15%
for any federal award year, which is the twelve month period
from July 1 through June 30, may be placed on provisional
certification. Two of our three institutions have Perkins cohort
default rates greater than 15% but less than 16.9% for students
who were scheduled to begin repayment in the federal award year
ended June 30, 2009, the most recent federal award year
reported by our institutions. On a consolidated basis, there
were 42 Perkins borrowers who defaulted in this cohort period.
Although the most recent single year Perkins cohort default rate
is greater than 15% for two of our three main institutions, we
have not been advised of any provisional certification status at
this time. If we are placed on provisional certification status
for any reason, ED may more closely view any application we file
for recertification, new locations, new educational programs,
acquisitions of other schools, increase in degree level or other
signification changes. Further, for an institution that is
provisionally certified, ED may revoke the institutions
certification without advance notice or advance opportunity to
challenge the action. An institution whose Perkins cohort
default rate is 50% or greater for three consecutive federal
award years loses eligibility to participate in the Perkins
program and must liquidate its loan portfolio. None of our
institutions had a Perkins cohort default rate of 50% or greater
for any of the last three federal award years. ED also will not
provide any additional federal funds to an institution for
Perkins loans in any federal award year in which the
institutions Perkins cohort default rate is 25% or
greater. None of our institutions has had its federal Perkins
funding eliminated for the past three federal award years for
this reason. For the federal award year ending June 30,
2010, as with the two preceding federal award years, ED will not
disburse any new federal funds to any institutions for Perkins
loans due to federal appropriations limitations. In our 2010
fiscal year, we derived less than 1% of our revenues from the
Perkins program.
Financial Responsibility Standards. All
institutions participating in Title IV Programs must
satisfy specific ED standards of financial responsibility. ED
evaluates institutions for compliance with these standards each
year, based on the institutions annual audited financial
statements, as well as following a change of control of the
institution.
The institutions financial responsibility is measured by
its composite score which is calculated by ED based on three
ratios:
|
|
|
|
|
the equity ratio which measures the institutions capital
resources, ability to borrow and financial viability;
|
|
|
|
the primary reserve ratio which measures the institutions
ability to support current operations from expendable
resources; and
|
|
|
|
the net income ratio which measures the institutions
ability to operate at a profit.
|
ED assigns a strength factor to the results of each of these
ratios on a scale from negative 1.0 to positive 3.0, with
negative 1.0 reflecting financial weakness and positive 3.0
reflecting financial strength. ED then assigns a weighting
percentage to each ratio and adds the weighted scores for the
three ratios together to produce a composite score for the
institution. The composite score must be at least 1.5 for the
institution to be deemed financially responsible without the
need for further oversight. In addition to having an acceptable
composite score, an institution must, among other things, meet
all of its financial obligations including required refunds to
students and any Title IV Program liabilities and debts, be
current in its debt payments, and not receive an adverse,
qualified, or disclaimed opinion by its accountants in its
audited financial statements. If ED determines that an
institution does not satisfy its financial responsibility
standards, depending on the resulting composite score and other
factors, that institution may establish its financial
responsibility on an alternative basis by:
|
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 50% of
the total Title IV Program funds received by the
institution during its most recently completed fiscal year;
|
22
|
|
|
|
|
posting a letter of credit in an amount equal to at least 10% of
such prior years Title IV Program funds, accepting
provisional certification, complying with additional ED
monitoring requirements and agreeing to receive Title IV
Program funds under an arrangement other than EDs standard
advance funding arrangement; or
|
|
|
|
complying with additional ED monitoring requirements and
agreeing to receive Title IV Program funds under an
arrangement other than EDs standard advance funding
arrangement.
|
ED has historically evaluated the financial condition of our
institutions on a consolidated basis based on the financial
statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., as the parent
company. EDs regulations permit ED to examine the
financial statements of Universal Technical Institute, Inc., the
financial statements of each institution and the financial
statements of any related party. UTIs composite score has
exceeded the required minimum composite score of 1.5 for each of
our fiscal years since 2004.
Return of Title IV Funds. An
institution participating in Title IV Programs must
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds
that have been disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing them. The institution
must return those unearned funds to ED or the appropriate
lending institution in a timely manner, which is generally
within 45 days from the date the institution determines
that the student has withdrawn.
If an institution is cited in an audit or program review for
returning Title IV Program funds late for 5% or more of the
students in the audit or program review sample, the institution
must post a letter of credit in favor of ED in an amount equal
to 25% of the total amount of Title IV Program funds that
should have been returned for students who withdrew in the
institutions previous fiscal year. Our 2010 and 2009
Title IV compliance audits did not cite any of our
institutions for exceeding the 5% late payment threshold.
Institution Acquisitions. When a
company acquires an institution that is eligible to participate
in Title IV Programs, that institution undergoes a change
of ownership resulting in a change of control as defined by ED.
Upon such a change of control, an institutions eligibility
to participate in Title IV Programs is generally suspended
until it has applied for recertification by ED as an eligible
institution under its new ownership which requires that the
institution also re-establish its state authorization and
accreditation. ED may temporarily and provisionally certify an
institution seeking approval of a change of control under
certain circumstances while ED reviews the institutions
application. The time required for ED to act on such an
application may vary substantially. EDs recertification of
an institution following a change of control is typically on a
provisional basis. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on
our ability to acquire additional institutions and have them
certified by ED to participate in Title IV Programs
following affirmation of state licensure and accreditation.
Although we believe we will be able to obtain all necessary
approvals from ED, our accrediting commission and the applicable
state agencies for our expansion plans, we cannot ensure that
all such approvals will be obtained at all or in a timely manner
that will not delay or reduce the availability of Title IV
Program funds for our students and institutions.
Change of Control. In addition to
institution acquisitions, other types of transactions can also
cause a change of control. ED and most state education agencies
and our accrediting commission have standards pertaining to the
change of control of institutions, but these standards are not
uniform. EDs regulations describe some transactions that
constitute a change of control, including the transfer of a
controlling interest in the voting stock of an institution or
the institutions parent corporation. With respect to a
publicly-traded corporation, ED regulations provide that a
change of control occurs in one of two ways: (a) if there
is an event that would obligate the corporation to file a
Current Report on
Form 8-K
with the Securities and Exchange Commission disclosing a change
of control or (b) if the corporation has a
Controlling Stockholder, as defined in the ED
regulations, that owns or controls through agreement at least
25% of the total outstanding voting stock of the corporation and
is the largest stockholder of the corporation, and that
stockholder ceases to own at least 25% of such stock or ceases
to be the largest stockholder. These change of control standards
are subject to interpretation by ED. Most of the states and our
accrediting commission include the sale of a controlling
interest of common stock in the definition of a change of
control. A change of control under the definition of these
agencies would require the affected institution to have its
state authorization and accreditation reaffirmed by that agency.
The requirements to obtain such reaffirmation from the states
and our accrediting commission vary widely.
23
A change of control could occur as a result of future
transactions in which our company or institutions are involved.
Some corporate re-organizations and some changes in the board of
directors are examples of such transactions. Moreover, the
potential adverse effects of a change of control could influence
future decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale,
purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock. If a
future transaction results in a change of control of our company
or our institutions, we believe that we will be able to obtain
all necessary approvals from ED, our accrediting commission and
the applicable state education agencies. However, we cannot
ensure that all such approvals can be obtained at all or in a
timely manner that will not delay or reduce the availability of
Title IV Program funds for our students and institutions.
Opening Additional Institutions and Adding Educational
Programs. For-profit educational institutions
must be authorized by their state education agencies, accredited
by an accrediting commission recognized by ED, and be fully
operational for two years before applying to ED to participate
in Title IV Programs. However, an institution that is
certified to participate in Title IV Programs may establish
an additional location and apply to participate in Title IV
Programs at that location without regard to the two-year
requirement, if such additional location satisfies all other
applicable ED eligibility requirements. Our expansion plans are
based, in part, on our ability to open new institutions as
additional locations of our existing institutions and take into
account EDs approval requirements. Currently, all of our
institutions are eligible to offer Title IV Program funding.
A student may use Title IV Program funds only to pay the
costs associated with enrollment in an eligible educational
program offered by an institution participating in Title IV
Programs. Generally, under current regulations, an institution
that is eligible to participate in Title IV Programs may
add a new educational program without ED approval if that new
program is licensed by the applicable state agency, accredited
by an agency recognized by ED and leads to an associate level or
higher degree and the institution already offers programs at
that level, or if that program meets minimum length requirements
and prepares students for gainful employment in the same or a
related occupation as an educational program that has previously
been designated as an eligible program at that institution. If
an institution erroneously determines that an educational
program is eligible for purposes of Title IV Programs, the
institution would likely be liable for repayment of
Title IV Program funds provided to students in that
educational program. Our expansion plans are based, in part, on
our ability to add new educational programs at our existing
institutions. We do not believe that current ED regulations will
create significant obstacles to our plans to add new programs.
However, effective July 1, 2011, the final rules go into
effect including the notice and preapproval provisions discussed
with respect to the new gainful employment regulations. As such,
as of July 1, 2011, institutions must obtain preapproval
for any new programs subject to the gainful employment
requirements. These new regulations may create significant
obstacles to our expansion plans and may result in delay based
on implementation of the new program approval process.
Some of the state education agencies and our accrediting
commission also have requirements that may affect our
institutions ability to open a new campus, establish an
additional location of an existing institution or begin offering
a new educational program. We do not believe that these
standards will create significant obstacles to our expansion
plans although we are still reviewing the final rules in this
regard.
Administrative Capability. ED assesses
the administrative capability of each institution that
participates in Title IV Programs under a series of
separate standards. Failure to satisfy any of the standards may
lead ED to find the institution ineligible to participate in
Title IV Programs, require the institution to repay
Title IV Program funds, change the method of payment of
Title IV Program funds, or to place the institution on
provisional certification as a condition of its continued
participation.
Eligibility and Certification
Procedures. The HEA specifies the manner in
which ED reviews institutions for eligibility and certification
to participate in Title IV Programs. Every educational
institution seeking Title IV Program funding for its
students must be certified to participate and is required to
periodically renew this certification. Each institution must
apply to ED for continued certification to participate in
Title IV Programs at least every six years, or when it
undergoes a change of control. Further, an institution may come
under ED review when it expands its activities in certain ways
such as opening an additional location or raising the highest
academic credential it offers. The Program Participation
Agreement (PPA) document serves as EDs formal
authorization to an institution and its associated additional
locations of its eligibility and certification to participate in
Title IV Programs for a specified period of time. Universal
Technical Institute of Arizona and Universal Technical Institute
24
of Phoenix were recertified in October 2010 and entered into new
PPAs with ED which will expire on June 30, 2016. Universal
Technical Institute of Texas was recertified in June 2006 and
entered into a new PPA with ED which will expire March 31,
2012.
Compliance with Regulatory Standards and Effect of
Regulatory Violations. Our institutions are
subject to audits and program compliance reviews by various
external agencies, including ED, EDs Office of Inspector
General, state education agencies, student loan guaranty
agencies, the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs and our
accrediting commission. Each of our institutions
administration of Title IV Program funds must also be
audited annually by an independent accounting firm and the
resulting audit report submitted to ED for review. If ED or
another regulatory agency determined that one of our
institutions improperly disbursed Title IV Program funds or
violated a provision of the HEA or EDs regulations, that
institution could be required to repay such funds and could be
assessed an administrative fine. ED could also transfer the
institution from the advance method of receiving Title IV
Program funds to the cash monitoring or reimbursement system of
receiving Title IV Program funds, which could negatively
impact cash flow at an institution. Significant violations of
Title IV Program requirements by us or any of our
institutions could be the basis for a proceeding by ED to fine
the affected institution or to limit, suspend or terminate the
participation of the affected institution in Title IV
Programs. Generally, such a termination extends for
18 months before the institution may apply for
reinstatement of its participation. There is no ED proceeding
pending to fine any of our institutions or to limit, suspend or
terminate any of our institutions participation in
Title IV Programs, and we have no reason to believe that
any such proceeding is contemplated. Violations of Title IV
Program requirements could also subject us or our institutions
to other civil and criminal penalties.
We and our institutions are also subject to complaints and
lawsuits relating to regulatory compliance brought not only by
our regulatory agencies, but also by other government agencies
and third parties such as present or former students or
employees and other members of the public. If we are unable to
successfully resolve or defend against any such complaint or
lawsuit, we may be required to pay money damages or be subject
to fines, limitations, loss of Title IV Program or other
federal funding, injunctions or other penalties. Moreover, even
if we successfully resolve or defend against any such complaint
or lawsuit, we may have to devote significant financial and
management resources in order to reach such a result.
25
We provide the following cautionary discussion of risks,
uncertainties and possibly inaccurate assumptions relevant to
our business. These are factors that, individually or in the
aggregate, could cause our actual results to differ materially
from expected and historical results. We note these factors for
investors as permitted by the Private Securities Litigation
Reform Act of 1995. You should understand that it is not
possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently,
you should not consider the following to be a complete
discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties.
Risks
Related to Our Industry
Failure
of our schools to comply with the extensive regulatory
requirements for school operations could result in financial
penalties, restrictions on our operations and loss of external
financial aid funding.
In 2010, we derived approximately 73% of our revenues, on a cash
basis, from federal student financial aid programs, referred to
in this report as Title IV Programs, administered by ED. To
participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must
receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state
education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by ED and be certified as an eligible institution by
ED. As a result, our institutions are subject to extensive
regulation by the state education agencies, our accrediting
commission and ED. These regulatory requirements cover the vast
majority of our operations, including our educational programs,
facilities, instructional and administrative staff,
administrative procedures, marketing, recruiting, financial
operations and financial condition. These regulatory
requirements also affect our ability to acquire or open
additional schools, add new, or expand our existing educational
programs and change our corporate structure and ownership. The
agencies that regulate the schools also periodically revise
their requirements and modify their interpretations of existing
requirements. Most ED requirements are applied on an
institutional basis, with an institution defined by
ED as a main campus and its additional locations, if any. Under
EDs definition, we have three such institutions. The state
education agencies, our accrediting commission and ED
periodically revise their requirements and modify their
interpretations of existing requirements.
If our institutions failed to comply with any of these
regulatory requirements, our regulatory agencies could impose
monetary penalties, place limitations on our schools
operations, terminate our schools ability to grant
degrees, diplomas and certificates, revoke our schools
accreditation or terminate their eligibility to receive
Title IV Program funds, each of which could adversely
affect our financial condition, results of operations and
liquidity and impose significant operating restrictions upon us.
We cannot predict with certainty how all of these regulatory
requirements will be applied or whether each of our schools will
be able to comply with all of the requirements in the future.
Further, we are continuing to analyze the potential impact of
the regulations issued by ED on October 29, 2010, which
will implement significant changes in many regulatory areas
including Title IV Program operations and state licensure.
We believe that we have described the most significant
regulatory risks that apply to our schools in the following
paragraphs.
A
substantial decrease in student financing options, or a
significant increase in financing costs for our students, could
have a negative effect on our student population and
consequently, on our results of operations, cash flows and
financial condition.
In 2010, legislation was enacted that eliminated the FFEL loan
program for all loans made as of July 1, 2010. As a result,
all federal student lending will occur through the DL Program.
Without the guarantee provided in the FFEL program, banks and
other lending institutions have and are likely to continue to
exit the student lending market or significantly decrease the
amount of loans provided to students, including students with
low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for
credit-based alternative loans that seek to enroll in UTI.
Without the guarantee, financing costs for our students
loans will increase. Elimination of the FFEL loan program may
have a negative effect on our results operations, cash flows and
financial condition. Providers of student loans have also
experienced increases in default rates. This, coupled with the
elimination of the FFEL program, may result in providers of
student loans continuing to exit the student loan market and for
other providers to determine not to enter the market, which
reduces the attractiveness
and/or
decreases the availability of alternative loans to postsecondary
students, including students with low credit scores who would
not otherwise be eligible for credit-based alternative
26
loans that seek to enroll. Prospective students may find that
increased financing costs make borrowing to fund their education
costs unattractive and motivate them to abandon or delay
enrollment in postsecondary education programs such as our
programs. Tight credit markets may also move private lenders to
impose on us and our students new or increased fees in order to
provide alternative loans to prospective and continuing
students. If any of these scenarios were to occur, in whole or
in part, our students ability to finance their education
could be adversely affected and could result in a decrease in
our student population, which could have a negative effect on
our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Congress
may change the law or reduce funding for Title IV Programs
which could reduce our student population, revenues and/or
profit margin.
Congress periodically revises the Higher Education Act of 1965,
as amended (HEA), and other laws governing Title IV
Programs and annually determines the funding level for each
Title IV Program. Congress most recently reauthorized the
HEA in 2008 and the new law contains numerous revisions to the
requirements governing Title IV Programs as discussed
throughout this Report. Any action by Congress that
significantly reduces funding for Title IV Programs or the
ability of our schools or students to receive funding through
these programs could reduce our student population and revenues.
Congressional action may also require us to modify our practices
in ways that could increase administrative costs, reduce the
ability of students to finance their education at our schools,
and materially decrease student enrollment and result in
decreased profitability.
The
U.S. Congress has recently commenced an examination of the
for-profit education sector that could result in legislation or
further ED rulemaking restricting Title IV Program
participation by proprietary schools in a manner that materially
and adversely affects our business.
The 2010 Congress has increased its focus on for-profit
education institutions in recent months, including regarding
participation in Title IV Programs and U.S. Department
of Defense oversight of tuition assistance for military service
members attending for-profit colleges. Further, a number of
legislators have variously requested that the
U.S. Government Accountability Office review and make
recommendations with respect to, among other things, recruiting
practices, educational quality, student outcomes, the
sufficiency of safeguards against fraud, waste and abuse in
Title IV Programs and the percentage of revenue of
for-profit colleges coming from Title IV Programs and other
federal funding sources. Beginning in June 2010, HELP held three
hearings examining the business practices of proprietary
institutions such as ours. The hearings have focused on
proprietary schools student recruitment and marketing
practices, their percentage of revenue from Title IV
Program funds, and the quality, cost, and completion rates of
programs at proprietary institutions.
On August 5, 2010, HELP formally requested information and
documents from 30 for-profit schools, including 15
privately-held institutions and all publicly-traded
institutions, including us. We complied with the request in a
timely manner. The Committee sought this information in the
pursuit of an accurate and in-depth understanding of how
for-profit schools use Federal resources such as Title IV
Program aid. The letter of inquiry contained no assertion of
misuse of public funds or assumption of non-compliance with
federal rules
and/or
regulations. While we believe we will be found to have operated
in a substantially compliant manner with respect to federal law
and ED regulations, at this time we cannot predict whether this
inquiry will result in any material impact on the manner in
which we conduct our business, or how significant any such
impacts will be.
In coordination with the HELP hearings, Chairman Harkin released
two sharply critical reports on proprietary institutions and has
announced that he intends to introduce legislation aimed at
addressing what he perceives as abusive practices of some
proprietary institutions. He will also most likely hold
additional oversight hearings of the proprietary school industry
should he remain HELP Chairman in the next Congress. These
hearings and reports could result in the enactment of more
stringent legislation, by Congress. To the extent that any laws
are adopted that limit our or our students participation
in Title IV Programs or the amount of student financial aid
for which our students are eligible, our business would be
adversely affected, perhaps materially. Further, action by
Congress may also increase our administrative costs and require
us to modify our practices in order for our institutions to
comply with Title IV Program requirements.
27
In addition, in September, the House Armed Services Subcommittee
on Oversight and Investigations held a hearing examining the
quality of college education programs provided to active duty
service members, including those provided by proprietary
institutions such as ours. To the extent these hearings result
in additional legislation that would impose additional oversight
over participation of proprietary schools in tuition assistance
for active duty service members and veterans our business could
be materially adversely affected. This increased activity in
Congress may result in legislation, further rulemakings
affecting participation in Title IV Programs and other
governmental actions. In addition, concerns generated by this
Congressional activity may adversely affect enrollment in
for-profit educational institutions. Limitations on the amount
of Title IV Program funds for which our students are
eligible under Title IV Programs could materially and
adversely affect our business, financial position and results of
operations. For a description of additional information
regarding Congress examination of the for-profit education
sector, see Business Regulatory
Environment Regulation of Federal Student Financial
Aid Programs Congressional Action included
elsewhere in this Report on
Form 10-K.
Pending
rulemaking by ED may result in regulatory changes that could
materially and adversely affect our business
On October 29, 2010, ED issued final regulations pertaining
to certain aspects of the administration of Title IV
Programs. With minor exceptions, these regulations will become
effective July 1, 2011. ED previously announced that it was
delaying until early 2011 publication of final regulations on
certain further proposed gainful employment regulations, which
are expected to become effective July 1, 2012 or
thereafter. Currently, we have identified the rules concerning
gainful employment, compensation, the definition of a credit
hour and the broadened definition of misrepresentation as the
rules most likely to materially impact our business. We are in
the process of reviewing and assessing the likely impact of the
October 29, 2010 final regulations on our operations.
Compliance with these final rules could have a material impact
on the manner in which we conduct our business and the results
of operations. We cannot currently predict how significant any
such impact will be. For a description of additional information
regarding these regulatory changes, see
Business Regulatory Environment
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
Final rulemaking by the U.S. Department of Education
included elsewhere in this Report on
Form 10-K.
Our
business could be harmed if we experience a disruption in our
ability to process student loans because of the phase-out of
Federal Family Education Loan Program loans and the
corresponding transition to direct student loans under the
Federal Direct Loan Program.
In 2010, we derived approximately 73% of our revenues, on a cash
basis, from receipt of Title IV Program funds, principally
from federally guaranteed student loans under the FFEL program.
FFEL loans, which were originated by private lenders, were
phased out as of July 1, 2010 pursuant to HCERA. As of
July 1, 2010, all new Title IV Program student loans
(other than the Perkins loans) are administered under the DL
program, in which the federal government lends directly to
students.
Because all Title IV Program student loans (other than the
Perkins loans) are now processed under the DL program, any
processing disruptions by ED may impact our students
ability to obtain student loans on a timely basis. If we
experience a disruption in our ability to process student loans
through the DL program, either because of administrative
challenges on our part or the inability of ED to process the
increased volume of Direct Loans on a timely basis, our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows could be adversely and materially affected.
An
increase in the regulatory burden on the providers of private
loans to our students could increase the cost of borrowing for
our students, which could reduce our student population and have
a material impact on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
The reauthorization of the HEA in 2008 and related regulations
place significant new restrictions on the relationships between
institutions and the providers of private loans, and require
that certain specific terms and disclosures accompany such
loans. This increased regulatory burden, coupled with recent
adverse market conditions for student loans, including the loss
of the guarantee provided by the FFEL program and lenders
increasing difficulties in reselling or syndicating student loan
portfolios, have resulted, and could continue to result, in
28
providers of private loans reducing the availability of or
increasing the costs associated with providing private loans to
postsecondary students. In particular, loans to students with
low credit scores who would not otherwise be eligible for
credit-based private loans have become increasingly difficult to
obtain. Prospective students may find that these increased
financing costs make borrowing prohibitively expensive and
abandon or delay enrollment in our education programs. If any of
these scenarios were to occur, our students ability to
finance their education could be adversely affected and our
student population could decrease, which could have a negative
effect on our business, financial condition, and results of
operations.
Limited
opportunities for private alternative student loans for our
students could increase the need for institutional funding,
which could have a material impact on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
The current state of the national economy and generalized
lending crisis has led to a contracted lending environment,
resulting in limited lender choices for students who need a
private alternative loan to meet gaps between Title IV
Program funding and cost of education. Further, lender
underwriting criteria has been much more stringent, resulting in
fewer prospective borrowers being approved for their loans. As
lenders seek to reduce their risk on portfolios of new
alternative loans, we have seen many lenders move to shift their
target markets exclusively to four-year baccalaureate degree
schools. We currently have a list of three private unaffiliated
alternative loan providers to assist new borrowers in selecting
a lender, with two of these lenders providing the vast majority
of our private alternative student loans. If these lenders
decided to decline to lend to students attending our schools,
and we were not able to find alternative lenders, the demand for
our proprietary loan program could increase, requiring us to
devote greater than planned resources which could have a
material impact on our revenues, results of operations, cash
flows from operations and financial position.
If our
schools do not maintain their state authorizations, they may not
operate or participate in Title IV Programs.
A school that grants degrees, diplomas or certificates must be
authorized by the relevant education agency of the state in
which it is located. Requirements for authorization vary
substantially among states. State authorization is also required
for students to be eligible for funding under Title IV
Programs. Loss of state authorization by any of our schools from
the education agency of the state in which the school is located
would end that schools eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs and could cause us to close the school.
If our
schools do not maintain their accreditation, they may not
participate in Title IV Programs.
A school must be accredited by an accrediting commission
recognized by ED in order to participate in Title IV
Programs. Loss of accreditation by any of our schools would end
that schools participation in Title IV Programs and
could cause us to close the school.
Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if the percentage of their revenue derived from those
programs is too high which could reduce our student
population.
Under the 90/10 Rule, a for-profit institution loses
its eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs if it
derives more than 90% of its revenue from those programs for two
consecutive institutional fiscal years, under a cash-basis
calculation mandated by ED. The period of ineligibility covers
at least the next two succeeding fiscal years, and any Title IV
Program funds already received by the institution and its
students during the period of ineligibility would have to be
returned to ED or the applicable lender. If an institution
exceeds the 90% level for a single year, ED will place the
institution on provisional certification for a period of at
least two years. If we are placed on provisional certification
status for any reason, ED may more closely view any application
we file for recertification, new locations, new educational
programs, acquisitions of other schools, increase in degree
level or other significant changes. Further, for an institution
that is provisionally certified, ED may revoke the
institutions certification without advance notice or
advance opportunity to challenge the action. In our 2010 fiscal
year, under the regulatory formula prescribed by ED, none of our
institutions derived more than 77% of its revenues from
Title IV Programs. If any of our institutions loses
eligibility to participate in Title IV Programs, such a
loss would
29
adversely affect our students access to the Title IV
Program funds they need to pay their educational expenses, which
could reduce our student population.
Our
schools may lose eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs if their student loan default rates are too high, which
could reduce our student population.
An institution may lose its eligibility to participate in some
or all Title IV Programs if its former students default on
the repayment of their federal student loans in excess of
specified levels. Based upon the most recent student loan
default rates published by ED, none of our institutions has
student loan default rates that exceed the specified levels. If
any of our institutions loses eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs because of high student loan default
rates, such a loss would adversely affect our students
access to various Title IV Program funds which could reduce
our student population.
If we
or our schools do not meet the financial responsibility
standards prescribed by ED, we may be required to post letters
of credit or our eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs could be terminated or limited which could reduce our
student population or impact our cash flow.
To participate in Title IV Programs, an institution must
satisfy specific measures of financial responsibility prescribed
by ED or post a letter of credit in favor of ED and possibly
accept other conditions on its participation in Title IV
Programs. The operating conditions that may be placed on a
school that does not meet the standards of financial
responsibility include being transferred from the advance
payment method of receiving Title IV Program funds to
either the reimbursement or the heightened cash monitoring
system, which could result in a significant delay in the
institutions receipt of those funds or increased
administrative costs relating to those funds. We are not
currently required to post a letter of credit on behalf of any
of our schools and are not subject to additional operating
conditions. We may be required to post letters of credit in the
future, which could increase our costs of regulatory compliance,
or change the timing of receipt of Title IV Program funds.
Our inability to obtain a required letter of credit or the
imposition of other limitations on our participation in
Title IV Programs could limit our students access to
various Title IV Program funds, which could reduce our
student population or impact our cash flow.
Failure
to demonstrate administrative capability to ED may
result in the loss of eligibility to participate in
Title IV Programs.
ED regulations specify extensive criteria an institution must
satisfy to establish that it has the requisite
administrative capability to participate in
Title IV Programs. These criteria require, among other
things, that the institution:
|
|
|
|
|
comply with all Title IV Program regulations;
|
|
|
|
have capable and sufficient personnel to administer
Title IV Programs;
|
|
|
|
have acceptable methods of defining and measuring the
satisfactory academic progress of its students;
|
|
|
|
administer the Title IV Programs with adequate checks and
balances in its system of internal controls over financial
reporting;
|
|
|
|
divide the function of authorizing and disbursing or delivering
Title IV Program funds so that no office has the
responsibility for both functions;
|
|
|
|
establish and maintain records required under the Title IV
Program regulations;
|
|
|
|
develop and apply an adequate system to identify and resolve
discrepancies in information from sources regarding a
students application for financial aid under Title IV
Programs;
|
|
|
|
do not have a student loan cohort default rate above specified
levels;
|
|
|
|
refer to the Office of the Inspector General any credible
information indicating that any applicant, student, employee or
agent of the institution has been engaged in any fraud or other
illegal conduct involving Title IV Programs;
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
not be, and not have any principal or affiliate who is, debarred
or suspended from federal contracting or engaging in activity
that is the cause of debarment or suspension;
|
|
|
|
provide adequate financial aid counseling to its students;
|
|
|
|
timely submit all reports and financial statements required by
the regulations; and
|
|
|
|
not otherwise appear to lack administrative capability.
|
If an institution fails to satisfy any of these criteria, ED may:
|
|
|
|
|
require the repayment of Title IV funds;
|
|
|
|
impose a less favorable payment system for the
institutions receipt of Title IV funds;
|
|
|
|
place the institution on provisional certification
status; or
|
|
|
|
commence a proceeding to impose a fine or to limit, suspend or
terminate the participation of the institution in Title IV
Programs.
|
On October 29, 2010, ED published revisions to the
administrative capability regulations, adding additional
provisions related to evaluation of the validity of high school
diplomas for establishing high school completion and referencing
the revised satisfactory academic progress requirements. If we
fail to maintain administrative capability as defined by ED, we
could lose our eligibility to participate in Title IV
Programs or have that eligibility adversely conditioned, which
could have a negative effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows.
We are
subject to sanctions if we fail to correctly calculate and
timely return Title IV Program funds for students who
withdraw before completing their educational
programs.
A school participating in Title IV Programs must correctly
calculate the amount of unearned Title IV Program funds
that has been disbursed to students who withdraw from their
educational programs before completing them and must return
those unearned funds in a timely manner to ED or the appropriate
lender, generally within 45 days of the date the school
determines that the student has withdrawn. If the unearned funds
are not properly calculated and timely returned, we may be
required to post a letter of credit in favor of ED, pay interest
on the late repayment of funds, or be otherwise sanctioned by
ED, which could increase our cost of regulatory compliance and
adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, the
failure to timely return Title IV Program funds also could
result in the termination of eligibility to receive such funds
going forward or the imposition of other sanctions.
We are
subject to sanctions if we pay impermissible commissions,
bonuses or other incentive payments to persons involved in
certain recruiting, admissions or financial aid
activities.
A school participating in Title IV Programs may not provide
any commission, bonus or other incentive payment based on
success in enrolling students or securing financial aid to any
person involved in any student recruiting or admission
activities or in making decisions regarding the awarding of
Title IV Program funds. The current law and regulations
governing this requirement do not establish clear criteria for
compliance in all circumstances. If we violate this law or do
not effectively comply with the October 29, 2010 rules,
effective July 1, 2011, which modified the existing
regulations, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by ED,
which could have a negative effect on our financial condition,
results of operations and cash flows.
Government
and regulatory agencies and third parties may conduct compliance
reviews, bring claims or initiate litigation against
us.
Because we operate in a highly regulated industry, we are
subject to compliance reviews and claims of noncompliance and
lawsuits by government agencies, regulatory agencies and third
parties alleging noncompliance with applicable standards. While
we are committed to strict compliance with all applicable laws,
regulations and accrediting standards, if the results of
government, regulatory or third party reviews or proceedings are
unfavorable to us, or if we are unable to defend successfully
against lawsuits or claims, we may be required to pay money
damages or be subject to fines, limitations, loss of regulatory
approvals or Title IV Program funding, injunctions or
31
other penalties. Even if we adequately address issues raised by
an agency review or successfully defend a lawsuit or claim, we
may have to divert significant financial and management
resources from our ongoing business operations to address issues
raised by those reviews or defend those lawsuits or claims.
Our
business and stock price could be adversely affected as a result
of regulatory investigations of, or actions commenced against,
other companies in our industry.
In recent years, the operations of a number of companies in the
education and training services industry have been subject to
intense regulatory scrutiny. Such scrutiny has increased more
over the last few months and we anticipate that trend to
continue. In some cases, allegations of wrongdoing on the part
of such companies have resulted in formal or informal
investigations by the U.S. Department of Justice, the SEC,
state governmental agencies and ED. These allegations have
attracted adverse media coverage and have been the subject of
legislative hearings and regulatory actions at both the federal
and state levels, focusing not only on the individual schools
but in some cases on the for-profit postsecondary education
sector as a whole. These investigations of specific companies in
the education and training services industry could have a
negative impact on our industry as a whole and on our stock
price. Furthermore, the outcome of such investigations and any
accompanying adverse publicity could negatively affect our
business.
Budget
constraints in some states may affect our ability to obtain
necessary authorizations or approvals from those states to
conduct or change our operations.
Due to state budget constraints in some of the states in which
we operate, it is possible that some states may reduce the
number of employees in, or curtail the operations of, the state
education agencies that authorize our schools. A delay or
refusal by any state education agency in approving any changes
in our operations that require state approval, such as the
opening of a new campus, the introduction of new programs, a
change of control or the hiring or placement of new education
representatives, could prevent us from making such changes or
could delay our ability to make such changes. The regulations
issued on October 29, 2010 may lengthen the time to
obtain necessary state approvals and may increase the nature and
type of state regulation in such a way as to require us to
modify our operations in order to comply with the new
requirements which could impose substantial additional costs on
our institutions.
Budget
constraints in states that provide state financial aid to our
students could reduce the amount of such financial aid that is
available to our students which could reduce our student
population and negatively affect our 90/10 Rule
calculation.
A significant number of states are facing budget constraints
that are causing them to reduce state appropriations in a number
of areas. Many of those states, including California and
Pennsylvania, provide financial aid to our students. These and
other states may decide to reduce or redirect the amount of
state financial aid that they provide to students, but we cannot
predict how significant any of these reductions will be or how
long they will last. If the level of state funding for our
students decreases and our students are not able to secure
alternative sources of funding, our student population could be
reduced. Loss of state funding would negatively impact our 90/10
Rule calculation, as this funding is counted in the
non-Title IV portion of the ratio, and so such loss would
drive up the percentage of revenue attributable to Title IV
Programs.
In addition, the reduction or elimination of these
non-Title IV sources of student funding may adversely
affect our 90/10 Rule calculation by increasing the proportion
of the affected students funding needs satisfied by
Title IV programs. This could negatively impact or increase
the cost of our compliance with the 90/10 Rule.
32
If
regulators do not approve our acquisition of a school that
participates in Title IV Program funding or the opening of
an additional location, the acquired school and/or the
additional location would not be permitted to participate in
Title IV Programs, which could impair our ability to
operate the acquired school and/or the additional location as
planned or to realize the anticipated benefits from the
acquisition of that school and/or opening of the additional
location.
If we acquire a school that participates in Title IV
Program funding
and/or open
an additional location, we must obtain approval from ED and
applicable state education agencies and accrediting commissions
in order for the school
and/or
additional location to be able to operate and participate in
Title IV Programs. While we would attempt to ensure we will
be able to receive such approval prior to acquiring a school
and/or
opening an additional location, approval may be withheld or
postponed due to matters outside of our control. An acquisition
can result in the temporary suspension of the acquired
schools participation in Title IV Programs and
opening an additional location can result in a delay of the
campus participation in Title IV Programs unless we
submit a timely and materially complete application for
certification to ED and ED grants a temporary certification. If
we were unable to timely
re-establish
or establish the state authorization, accreditation or ED
certification of the acquired school, our ability to operate the
acquired school
and/or
additional location as planned or to realize the anticipated
benefits from the acquisition of that school
and/or
additional location could be impaired.
If
regulators do not approve or delay their approval of
transactions involving a change of control of our company or any
of our schools, our ability to participate in Title IV
Programs may be impaired.
If we or any of our schools experience a change of control under
the standards of applicable state education agencies, our
accrediting commission or ED, we or the affected schools must
seek the approval of the relevant regulatory agencies. These
agencies do not have uniform criteria for what constitutes a
change of ownership or control. Transactions or events that
constitute a change of control include significant acquisitions
or dispositions of our common stock or significant changes in
the composition of our board of directors. Some of these
transactions or events may be beyond our control. Our failure to
obtain, or a delay in receiving, approval of any change of
control from ED, our accrediting commission or any state in
which our schools are located could impair our ability to
participate in Title IV Programs. Our failure to obtain, or
a delay in obtaining, approval of any change of control from any
state in which we do not have a school but in which we recruit
students could require us to suspend our recruitment of students
in that state until we receive the required approval. The
potential adverse effects of a change of control with respect to
participation in Title IV Programs could influence future
decisions by us and our stockholders regarding the sale,
purchase, transfer, issuance or redemption of our stock.
Risks
Related to Our Business
If we
fail to effectively fill our existing capacity, we may
experience a deterioration of our profitability and operating
margins.
We have underutilized seating capacity at several of our
campuses. Our ongoing efforts to fill existing seating capacity
may strain our management, operations, employees or other
resources. We may not be able to maintain our current seating
capacity utilization rates, effectively manage our operation or
achieve planned capacity utilization on a timely or profitable
basis. If we are unable to fill our underutilized seating
capacity, we may experience operating inefficiencies that likely
will increase our costs more than we had planned resulting in a
deterioration of our profitability and operating margins.
Our
proprietary loan program could have a negative effect on our
results of operations.
Our proprietary loan program enables students who have exhausted
all available government-sponsored or other financial aid and
are unable to obtain private loans from other financial
institutions to borrow a portion of their tuition if they meet
certain criteria.
Under the terms of the proprietary loan program agreements with
a national chartered bank, the bank originates loans for our
students who meet our specific credit criteria with the related
proceeds to be used exclusively to fund a portion of their
tuition. We then purchase all such loans from the bank on a
monthly basis and assume all the related credit and collection
risk. At September 30, 2010, we had committed to provide
loans to our
33
students for approximately $25.6 million and of that
amount, there was $21.9 million in loans outstanding.
Additionally, under the terms of the agreement, we placed
$2.0 million, an amount that exceeds the FDIC insurance
limits, on deposit with the national chartered bank.
Factors that may impact our ability to collect these loans
include general economic conditions; compliance with laws
applicable to the origination; servicing and collection of
loans; the quality of our loan servicers performance; a
decline in graduate employment opportunities; and the priority
that the borrowers under this loan program, particularly
students who did not complete or were dissatisfied with their
programs of study, attach to repaying these loans as compared to
other obligations.
Federal, state and local laws and public policy and general
principles of equity relating to the protection of consumers
apply to the origination, servicing and collection of the loans
under our proprietary loan program. Any violation of the various
federal, state and local laws, including, in some instances,
violations of these laws by parties not under our control, may
result in losses on the loans or may limit our ability to
collect all or part of the principal or interest on the loans.
This may be the case even if we are not directly responsible for
the violations by such parties. Federal or state financial
regulators also might delay or suspend this student loan program
for a variety of reasons. Additionally, depending on the terms
of the loans, state consumer credit regulators may assert that
our activities in connection with the student loan program
require us to obtain one or more licenses, registrations or
other forms of regulatory approvals, any of which may not be
able to be obtained in a timely manner, if at all.
We
rely on third parties to originate, process and service loans
under our proprietary loan program. If these companies fail or
discontinue providing such services, our business could be
harmed.
A small federally chartered national bank with a small market
capitalization originates loans under our proprietary loan
program. If the bank no longer provides service under the
contract, we do not have an alternative bank to fulfill the
demand. There are a limited number of national banks that are
willing to participate in a program such as our proprietary loan
program. The time it could take us to replace the bank could
result in an interruption in the loan origination process which
could result in a decrease in our student populations. Further,
because our $2.0 million deposit at such bank is in excess
of the FDIC insurance limits, if such bank were to go out of
business or fail, we may lose all or almost all of our deposit.
Also, a single company processes loan applications and services
the loans under our proprietary loan program. There is a
90-day
termination clause in the contract under which they provide
these services. If this company were to terminate the contract,
we could experience an interruption in loan application
processing or loan servicing, which could result in a decrease
in our student populations.
An
increase in interest rates and a tightening of credit markets
could adversely affect our ability to attract and retain
students.
In recent years, increases in interest rates and a tightening of
credit markets have resulted in a less favorable borrowing
environment for our students. Much of the financing our students
receive is tied to floating interest rates. Therefore, increased
interest rates have resulted in a corresponding increase in the
cost to our existing and prospective students of financing their
studies which has resulted in and could result in reductions in
our student population and revenues. Higher interest rates could
also contribute to higher default rates with respect to our
students repayment of their education loans including
loans made under our proprietary loan program. Higher default
rates may in turn adversely impact our eligibility for
Title IV Program participation, which could result in a
reduction in our student population. In addition, a tightening
of credit markets could adversely impact the ability of
borrowers with little or poor credit history, such as many of
our students, to borrow the necessary funds at an acceptable
interest rate.
Increasing
fuel prices and living expenses could affect our ability to
attract and retain students.
Our ability to attract and retain students is sensitive to
changes in economic conditions and other factors such as higher
fuel prices and living expenses. Affordability concerns
associated with increased gas, housing prices and the
availability of part-time jobs for students attending classes
have made it more challenging and expensive for us to attract
and retain students. If we are unable to attract and retain
students due to economic factors, our student
34
population may decrease, which could have a material impact on
our cash flows, results of operations and financial condition.
Failure
on our part to maintain and expand existing industry
relationships and develop new industry relationships with our
industry customers could impair our ability to attract and
retain students.
We have extensive industry relationships that we believe afford
us significant competitive strength and support our market
leadership. These relationships enable us to support
undergraduate enrollment by attracting students through brand
name recognition and the associated prospect of high-quality
employment opportunities. Additionally, these relationships
allow us to diversify funding sources, expand the scope and
increase the number of programs we offer and reduce our costs
and capital expenditures due to the fact that, pursuant to the
terms of the underlying contracts with OEMs, we provide a
variety of specialized training programs and typically do so
using tools, equipment and vehicles provided by the OEMs. These
relationships also provide additional incremental revenue
opportunities from training the employees of our industry
customers. Our success depends in part on our ability to
maintain and expand our existing industry relationships and to
enter into new industry relationships. Certain of our existing
industry relationships, including those with American Honda
Motor Co. Inc., American Suzuki Motor Corp., Mercury Marine, a
division of Brunswick Corp. and Yamaha Motor Corp., USA, are not
memorialized in writing and are based on verbal understandings.
As a result, the rights of the parties under these arrangements
are less clearly defined than they would be were they in
writing. Additionally, certain of our existing industry
relationship agreements expire within the next six months. We
are currently negotiating to renew these agreements and intend
to renew them to the extent we can do so on satisfactory terms.
The reduction or elimination of, or failure to renew any of our
existing industry relationships, or our failure to enter into
new industry relationships, could impair our ability to attract
and retain students. As a result, our market share and revenues
could decrease.
Competition
could decrease our market share and create tuition pricing
concerns.
The postsecondary education market is highly competitive. Some
traditional public and private colleges and universities and
community colleges, as well as other private career-oriented
schools, offer programs that may be perceived by students to be
similar to ours. Most public institutions are able to charge
lower tuition than our schools, due in part to government
subsidies and other financial sources not available to
for-profit schools. Some other for-profit education providers
have greater financial and other resources which may, among
other things, allow them to secure industry relationships with
some or all of the OEMs with which we have relationships or
develop other high profile industry relationships or devote more
resources to expanding their programs and their school network,
all of which could affect the success of our marketing programs.
In addition, some other for-profit education providers already
have a more extended or dense network of schools and campuses
than we do, thus enabling them to recruit students more
effectively from a wider geographic area.
We may limit tuition increases or increase spending in response
to competition in order to retain or attract students or pursue
new market opportunities. As a result, our market share,
revenues and operating margin may decrease. We cannot be sure
that we will be able to compete successfully against current or
future competitors or that competitive pressures faced by us
will not adversely affect our business, financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows.
Our
success depends in part on our ability to update and expand the
content of existing programs and develop new programs in a
cost-effective manner and on a timely basis.
Prospective employers of our graduates demand that their
entry-level employees possess appropriate technological skills.
These skills are becoming more sophisticated in line with
technological advancements in the automotive, diesel, collision
repair, motorcycle and marine industries. Accordingly,
educational programs, at our schools must keep pace with those
technological advancements. Additionally, the method used to
deliver curriculum has been evolving to include on-line
delivery. The expansion of our existing programs and the
development of new programs, and changes in the method in which
we deliver them, may not be accepted by our students,
prospective employers or the technical education market. Even if
we are able to develop acceptable new programs, we may not be
able to introduce these new programs as quickly as the
industries we serve require or as
35
quickly as our competitors. If we are unable to adequately
respond to changes in market requirements due to unusually rapid
technological changes or other factors, our ability to attract
and retain students could be impaired and our placement rates
could suffer.
We have a contract with a third party to transform our
automotive and diesel programs curriculum into a blended
learning experience that reflects current industry training
methods and standards. The blended learning model combines
several methodologies for communicating training information and
incorporates
on-site
classes, real-time web-based learning sessions and independent
learning and is the standard used by our industry partners to
provide continuous technical education. The contract may be
terminated by either party with a
30-day
notice. If we are not able to effectively and efficiently
integrate the transformed curriculum or experience delays in
development, this could have a material adverse effect on our
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our
business may be adversely affected by recession in the U.S. or
abroad.
The U.S. economy and the economies of other key
industrialized countries have been in a recession as
characterized by reduced economic activity, increased
unemployment and substantial uncertainty about their financial
services markets. In addition, homeowners in the U.S. have
experienced an unprecedented reduction in wealth due to the
decline in residential real estate values across much of the
country. These events may reduce the demand for our programs
among students, the willingness of employers to sponsor
educational opportunities for their employees, and the ability
of our students to find employment in the auto, diesel,
motorcycle or marine industries, any of which could materially
and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows. In particular, the consolidation
of automotive dealerships may result in a shift of employment
opportunities for our graduates into automobile aftermarket
service from automotive dealerships where, historically, the
placement of our graduates has been concentrated. Due to this
shift and the general decline in economic conditions, it has
been more difficult to place graduates in desirable dealership
technician jobs. In addition, these events could adversely
affect the ability or willingness of our former students to
repay student loans, which could increase our student loan
cohort default rate and require increased time, attention and
resources to manage these defaults.
We
rely heavily on the reliability, security and performance of an
internally developed student management and reporting system,
and any difficulties in maintaining this system may result in
service interruptions, decreased customer service, or increased
expenditures.
The software that underlies our student management and reporting
has been developed primarily by our own employees. The
reliability and continuous availability of this internal system
is critical to our business. Any interruptions that hinder our
ability to timely deliver our services, or that materially
impact the efficiency or cost with which we provide these
services, or our ability to attract and retain computer
programmers with knowledge of the appropriate computer
programming language, would adversely affect our reputation and
profitability and our ability to conduct business and prepare
financial reports. In addition, many of the software systems we
currently use will need to be enhanced over time or replaced
with equivalent commercial products, either of which could
entail considerable effort and expense.
Our computer systems as well as those of our service providers
are vulnerable to interruption, malfunction or damage due to
events beyond our control, including malicious human acts,
natural disasters, and network and communications failures.
Moreover, despite network security measures, some of our servers
are potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins,
computer viruses and similar disruptive problems. Despite the
precautions we have taken, unanticipated problems may
nevertheless cause failures in our information technology
systems. Sustained or repeated system failures that interrupt
our ability to process information in a timely manner could have
a material adverse effect on our operations.
We may
not be able to retain our key personnel or hire and retain the
personnel we need to sustain and grow our
business.
Our success to date has depended, and will continue to depend,
largely on the skills, efforts and motivation of our executive
officers who generally have significant experience with our
company and within the technical
36
education industry. Our success also depends in large part upon
our ability to attract and retain highly qualified faculty,
campus presidents, administrators and corporate management. Due
to the nature of our business we face significant competition in
the attraction and retention of personnel who possess the skill
sets that we seek. In addition, key personnel may leave us and
subsequently compete against us. Furthermore, we do not
currently carry key man life insurance. The loss of
the services of any of our key personnel, or our failure to
attract and retain other qualified and experienced personnel on
acceptable terms, could impair our ability to successfully
manage our business.
If we
are unable to hire, retain and continue to develop and train our
education representatives, the effectiveness of our student
recruiting efforts would be adversely affected.
In order to support revenue growth, we need to hire and train
new education representatives, as well as retain and continue to
develop our existing education representatives, who are our
employees dedicated to student recruitment. Our ability to
develop a strong education representative team may be affected
by a number of factors, including our ability to integrate and
motivate our education representatives; our ability to
effectively train our education representatives; the length of
time it takes new education representatives to become
productive; regulatory restrictions on the method of
compensating education representatives; the competition we face
from other companies in hiring and retaining education
representatives; and our ability to effectively manage a
multi-location educational organization. If we are unable to
hire, develop or retain our education representatives, the
effectiveness of our student recruiting efforts would be
adversely affected.
Our
financial performance depends in part on our ability to continue
to develop awareness and acceptance of our programs among high
school graduates and adults seeking advanced
training.
The awareness of our programs among high school graduates and
working adults seeking advanced training is critical to the
continued acceptance and growth of our programs. Our inability
to continue to develop awareness of our programs could reduce
our enrollments and impair our ability to increase revenues or
maintain profitability. The following are some of the factors
that could prevent us from successfully marketing our programs:
|
|
|
|
|
student dissatisfaction with our programs and services;
|
|
|
|
diminished access to high school student populations;
|
|
|
|
our failure to maintain or expand our brand or other factors
related to our marketing or advertising practices;
|
|
|
|
our inability to maintain relationships with automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine manufacturers and
suppliers; and
|
|
|
|
availability of funding sources acceptable to our students.
|
Seasonal
and other fluctuations in our results of operations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common
stock.
In reviewing our results of operations, you should not focus on
quarter-to-quarter
comparisons. Our results in any quarter may not indicate the
results we may achieve in any subsequent quarter or for the full
year. Our revenues normally fluctuate as a result of seasonal
variations in our business, principally due to changes in total
student population. Student population varies as a result of new
student enrollments, graduations and student attrition.
Historically, our schools have had lower student populations in
our third fiscal quarter than in the remainder of our fiscal
year because fewer students are enrolled during the summer
months. Our expenses, however, do not generally vary at the same
rate as changes in our student population and revenues and, as a
result, such expenses do not fluctuate significantly on a
quarterly basis. We expect quarterly fluctuations in results of
operations to continue as a result of seasonal enrollment
patterns. Such patterns may change, however, as a result of
acquisitions, new school openings, new program introductions and
increased enrollments of adult students. In addition, our
revenues for our first fiscal quarter are adversely affected by
the fact that we do not recognize revenue during the calendar
year-end holiday break which falls primarily in that quarter.
These fluctuations may result in volatility or have an adverse
effect on the market price of our common stock.
37
If we
fail to maintain effective internal control over financial
reporting, we may not be able to accurately report our financial
results or prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential
stockholders could lose confidence in our financial reporting
which would harm our business and the trading price of our
stock.
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed
by or under the supervision of our principal executive and
principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. Our internal control structure is also
designed to provide reasonable assurance that fraud would be
detected or prevented before our financial statements could be
materially affected.
Because of inherent limitations, our internal controls over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements.
In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to
future periods are subject to the risks that our controls may
become inadequate as a result of changes in conditions or the
degree of compliance with our policies and procedures may
deteriorate.
If our internal control over financial reporting was not
effective, our historical financial statements could require
restatement which could negatively impact our reputation and
lead to a decline in our stock price.
Failure
on our part to effectively identify, establish and operate
additional schools or campuses could reduce our ability to
implement our growth strategy.
As part of our business strategy we anticipate opening and
operating new schools or campuses. Establishing new schools or
campuses poses unique challenges and requires us to make
investments in management and capital expenditures, incur
marketing expenses and devote other resources that are
different, and in some cases greater, than those required with
respect to the operation of acquired schools. Accordingly, when
we open new schools, initial investments could reduce our
profitability. To open a new school or campus, we would be
required to obtain appropriate state and accrediting commission
approvals, which may be conditioned or delayed in a manner that
could significantly affect our growth plans. In addition, to be
eligible for Title IV Program funding, a new school or
campus would have to be certified by ED. We cannot be sure that
we will be able to identify suitable expansion opportunities to
maintain or accelerate our current growth rate or that we will
be able to successfully integrate or profitably operate any new
schools or campuses. Our failure to effectively identify,
establish and manage the operations of newly established schools
or campuses could slow our growth and make any newly established
schools or campuses more costly to operate than we had planned.
We may
be unable to successfully complete or integrate future
acquisitions.
We may consider selective acquisitions in the future. We may not
be able to complete any acquisitions on favorable terms or, even
if we do, we may not be able to successfully integrate the
acquired businesses into our business. Integration challenges
include, among others, regulatory approvals, significant capital
expenditures, assumption of known and unknown liabilities, our
ability to control costs, and our ability to integrate new
personnel. The successful integration of future acquisitions may
also require substantial attention from our senior management
and the senior management of the acquired schools, which could
decrease the time that they devote to the
day-to-day
management of our business. If we do not successfully address
risks and challenges associated with acquisitions, including
integration, future acquisitions could harm, rather than
enhance, our operating performance. In addition, if we
consummate an acquisition, our capitalization and results of
operations may change significantly. A future acquisition could
result in the incurrence of debt and contingent liabilities, an
increase in interest expense, amortization expenses, goodwill
and other intangible assets, charges relating to integration
costs or an increase in the number of shares outstanding. These
results could have a negative effect on our results of
operations, financial condition and cash flows or result in
dilution to current stockholders.
We
have recorded a significant amount of goodwill, which may become
impaired and subject to a
write-down.
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired
business over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually
for impairment, which might result from
38
the deterioration in the operating performance of the acquired
business, adverse market conditions, adverse changes in the
applicable laws or regulations and a variety of other
circumstances. Any resulting impairment charge would be
recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is
identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost
of capital. While actual experience will differ from the amounts
included in our cash flow model, we do not believe that a
related impairment of our goodwill is reasonably possible in the
foreseeable future.
|
|
ITEM 1B.
|
UNRESOLVED
STAFF COMMENTS
|
None.
Campuses
and Other Properties
The following sets forth certain information relating to our
campuses and other properties:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Brand
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Leased or Owned
|
|
Campuses:
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
264,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
MMI
|
|
|
123,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
California (Rancho Cucamonga)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
187,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
California (Sacramento)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
239,100
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
UTI/MMI
|
|
|
230,600
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
168,800
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Massachusetts (Norwood)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
245,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
North Carolina (Mooresville)
|
|
UTI/NTI
|
|
|
146,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
191,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Texas (Dallas/Ft. Worth)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
95,000
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Texas (Houston)
|
|
UTI
|
|
|
219,400
|
|
|
Leased
|
Home Office:
|
|
Arizona (Phoenix)
|
|
Headquarters
|
|
|
68,800
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximate
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program
|
|
Location
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
Leased or Owned
|
|
Advanced Training Centers:
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
|
8,700
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
BMW STEP
|
|
Florida (Orlando)
|
|
|
13,500
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education Program
|
|
California (Sacramento)
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education Program
|
|
Illinois (Glendale Heights)
|
|
|
11,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
International Tech Education Program
|
|
Pennsylvania (Exton)
|
|
|
6,000
|
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
Volvo SAFE
|
|
Arizona (Avondale)
|
|
|
8,300
|
|
|
Leased
|
In September 2010, we entered into leasing arrangements to
relocate our headquarters during our second quarter of 2011,
into a space with approximately 84,300 square feet.
All leased properties listed above are leased with remaining
terms that range from less than one year to approximately
14 years. Many of the leases are renewable for additional
terms at our option.
39
|
|
ITEM 3.
|
LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS
|
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically
subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but
not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and
routine employment matters. Based on internal review, we accrue
reserves using our best estimate of the probable and reasonably
estimable contingent liabilities. Although we cannot predict
with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits,
investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe
that any currently pending legal proceeding to which we are a
party, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash
flows or financial condition.
|
|
ITEM 4.
|
[REMOVED
AND RESERVED]
|
EXECUTIVE
OFFICERS OF UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
The executive officers of UTI are set forth in this table. All
executive officers serve at the direction of the Board of
Directors. Mr. White and Ms. McWaters also serve as
directors of UTI.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
John C. White
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
Kimberly J. McWaters
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
|
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr.
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
|
Kenneth J. Cranston
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Admissions
|
Richard P. Crain
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Senior Vice President of Marketing and Strategy
|
Chad A. Freed
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
General Counsel, Senior Vice President of Business Development
|
Thomas E. Riggs
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Campus Operations
|
Rhonda R. Turner
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, People Services
|
John C. White has served as UTIs Chairman of the
Board since October 1, 2005. Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Vice Chairman
from October 1, 2003 to September 30, 2005. From April
2002 to September 30, 2003, Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Co-Chairman of
the Board. From 1998 to March 2002, Mr. White served as
UTIs Chief Strategic Planning Officer and Chairman of the
Board. Mr. White served as the President of Clinton Harley
Corporation, which operated under the name Motorcycle Mechanics
Institute and Marine Mechanics Institute from 1977 until it was
acquired by UTI in 1998. Prior to 1977, Mr. White was a
marketing representative with International Business Machines
Corporation. Mr. White was appointed by the Arizona Senate
to serve as a member of the Joint Legislative Committee on
Private Regionally Accredited Degree Granting Colleges and
Universities and Private Nationally Accredited Degree Granting
and Vocational Institutions in 1990. He was appointed by the
Governor of Arizona to the Arizona State Board for Private
Postsecondary Education, where he was a member and Complaint
Committee Chairman from
1993-2001.
Mr. White received a BS in Engineering from the University
of Illinois.
Kimberly J. McWaters has served as UTIs Chief
Executive Officer since October 1, 2003 and as a director
on UTIs Board since February 16, 2005.
Ms. McWaters has served as UTIs President since 2000
and served on UTIs Board from 2002 to 2003. From 1984 to
2000, Ms. McWaters held several positions with UTI
including Vice President of Marketing and Vice President of
Sales and Marketing. Ms. McWaters also serves as a director
of Penske Automotive Group, Inc. since 2004. Ms. McWaters
received a BS in Business Administration from the University of
Phoenix.
Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. has served as UTIs
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since July
2008. Mr. Putnam served as UTIs Interim CFO since
January 2008. From June 2005 to May 2007, Mr. Putnam served
as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Aegis
Mortgage Corporation which declared bankruptcy in August 2007.
From July 2003 to June 2005, Mr. Putnam was President of
Coastal Securities, L.P. and from March 2001 to March 2003,
Mr. Putnam served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer of Sterling Bancshares, Inc. Mr. Putnam
also spent 14 years as Director of Investor Relations and
in various corporate finance positions with SunTrust Banks, Inc.
Mr. Putnam also serves as a director of Community Bankers
Trust Corporation.
40
Mr. Putnam received a BS in Economics from the University
of California, Los Angeles and an MBA from the University of
North Carolina at Chapel Hill.
Kenneth J. Cranston has served as our Senior Vice
President, Admissions since July 2010. From December 2009 to
June 2010, he served as our Regional Vice President of
Operations. Prior to joining UTI, Mr. Cranston was
President and CEO of Terion, Inc., a leading provider of
wireless tracking technology for the transportation industry,
which declared bankruptcy in January 2001. Before joining
Terion, Inc., he spent much of his career in sales and marketing
for industry leaders such as NBC, Western Union and Telespectrum
Worldwide, where he served as National Vice President of Sales
and Marketing. Mr. Cranston received his BA in Economics
from Iona College.
Richard P. Crain has served as our Senior Vice President
of Marketing and Strategy since June 2010. From January 2007 to
May 2010, Mr. Crain served as Senior Vice President of
Marketing. Prior to joining UTI, Mr. Crain served as a
marketing consultant for his own consulting firm. From 1988 to
2003, Mr. Crain served in senior marketing leadership
positions at Verizon Communications and GTE Service Corporation.
Mr. Crain received his BS in Business Administration with a
concentration in Marketing from The University of Texas.
Chad A. Freed has served as our internal legal counsel
since March 2004 and is also our Corporate Secretary. He was
promoted to the position of Senior Vice President, General
Counsel in February 2005. In March 2009, Mr. Freed assumed
business development responsibilities as the General Counsel,
Senior Vice President of Business Development. Prior to joining
UTI, Mr. Freed was a Senior Associate in the Corporate
Finance and Securities department at Bryan Cave LLP.
Mr. Freed received his Juris Doctor from Tulane University,
and holds a BS degree with a combined major in International
Business and French from Pennsylvania State University.
Thomas E. Riggs has served as our Senior Vice President,
Campus Operations since July 2009. From July 2005 to June 2006,
he served as our Vice President of People Services and from June
2006 to June 2009, he served as our Senior Vice President of
People Services (Human Resources). Prior to joining UTI,
Mr. Riggs served in a variety of senior human resource
leadership positions with Sears & Roebuck Co.,
Honeywell and BF Goodrich Aerospace. Mr. Riggs was also the
head of human resources for Simula, Inc. a publicly traded
aerospace manufacturing firm. Mr. Riggs received his
Masters of Human Resource Management from Keller Graduate School
and his BA in Employment Relations from Michigan State
University.
Rhonda R. Turner has served as our Senior Vice President
of People Services (Human Resources) since June 2010. From
January 2006 to December 2007, Ms. Turner served as
Director, People Services Partnerships, from January 2008 to
July 2009 she served as Vice President of People Services
Partnerships & Training and from August 2009 to May
2010 she served as Vice President of People Services. Prior to
joining UTI, Ms. Turner served in human resources
leadership positions at ConocoPhillips, Circle K and Main Street
Restaurant Group, Inc., a TGI Fridays franchisee.
Ms. Turner received her BS in Human Resources Management
from Arizona State University.
41
PART II
|
|
ITEM 5.
|
MARKET
FOR REGISTRANTS COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
under the symbol UTI.
The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales
prices per share for our common stock, as reported by the NYSE,
for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
21.12
|
|
|
$
|
17.21
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
26.77
|
|
|
$
|
17.53
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
26.05
|
|
|
$
|
20.85
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
23.73
|
|
|
$
|
14.55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Price Range of
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
|
Low
|
|
|
Fiscal Year Ended September 30, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
19.96
|
|
|
$
|
12.57
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
18.81
|
|
|
$
|
8.80
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
15.60
|
|
|
$
|
11.27
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
20.54
|
|
|
$
|
13.59
|
|
The closing price of our common stock as reported by the NYSE on
November 22, 2010, was $20.42 per share. As of
November 22, 2010 there were 37 holders of record of our
common stock.
On July 16, 2010 we paid a special cash dividend of $1.50
per share totaling $36.3 million to common stockholders of
record as of July 6, 2010.
We continuously evaluate our cash position in light of growth
opportunities, operating results and general market conditions.
Periodically, we may return shareholder earnings through cash
dividends or stock repurchases, or a combination thereof.
Sales of
Unregistered Securities; Repurchase of Securities
The following table summarizes the purchase of equity securities
for the three months ended September 30, 2010:
ISSUER
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) Approximate
|
|
|
|
(a) Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) Total Number of
|
|
|
Dollar Value of
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
(b) Average
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
|
Shares That May Yet
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price Paid
|
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
|
Be Purchased Under
|
|
Period
|
|
Purchased(1)
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
|
the Plans Or Programs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)(2)
|
|
|
July
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
20.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,660
|
|
August
|
|
|
1,929
|
|
|
$
|
16.30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,660
|
|
September
|
|
|
27,376
|
|
|
$
|
17.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
29,355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,660
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents shares of common stock delivered to us as payment of
taxes on the vesting of shares of our common stock which were
granted subject to forfeiture restrictions under our 2003
Incentive Compensation Plan. |
|
(2) |
|
Our Board of Directors previously authorized the repurchase of
up to $70.0 million of our common stock in the open market
or through privately negotiated transactions. |
42
Stock
Performance Graph
The following Stock Performance Graph and related information
shall not be deemed soliciting material or
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
nor should such information be incorporated by reference into
any future filings under the Securities Act of 1933 or the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, each as amended, except to the
extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference in such
filing.
This graph compares total cumulative stockholder return on our
common stock during the period from September 30, 2005
through September 30, 2010 with the cumulative return on
the NYSE Stock Market Index (U.S. Companies) and a Peer
Issuer Group Index. The peer issuer group consists of the
companies identified below, which were selected on the basis of
the similar nature of their business. The graph assumes that
$100 was invested on September 30, 2005, and any dividends
were reinvested on the date on which they were paid.
|
|
|
Companies in the Self-Determined Peer Group
|
|
|
Apollo Group, Inc.
|
|
Career Education Corporation
|
Corinthian Colleges, Inc.
|
|
DeVry, Inc. Del
|
I T T Educational Services, Inc.
|
|
Strayer Education, Inc.
|
Lincoln Educational Services Corporation
|
|
|
Notes:
|
|
|
A. |
|
The lines represent quarterly index levels derived from
compounded daily returns that include all dividends. |
|
|
|
B. |
|
The indexes are reweighted daily, using the market
capitalization on the previous trading day. |
|
C. |
|
If the quarterly interval, based on the fiscal year-end, is not
a trading day, the preceding trading day is used. |
|
D. |
|
The index level for all series was set to $100 on 09/30/2005. |
|
|
|
Prepared by Zacks Investment Research Inc. Used with permission.
All rights reserved. |
43
|
|
ITEM 6.
|
SELECTED
FINANCIAL DATA
|
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated
financial and operating data as of and for the periods
indicated. You should read the selected financial data set forth
below together with Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this Report on
Form 10-K.
The selected consolidated statement of operations data and the
selected consolidated balance sheet data as of and for each of
the five years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, 2008, 2007
and 2006 have been derived from our audited consolidated
financial statements.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Statement of Operations Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
435,921
|
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
$
|
353,370
|
|
|
$
|
347,066
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
212,577
|
|
|
|
193,490
|
|
|
|
186,640
|
|
|
|
186,245
|
|
|
|
173,229
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
176,794
|
|
|
|
154,504
|
|
|
|
146,123
|
|
|
|
143,375
|
|
|
|
133,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
389,371
|
|
|
|
347,994
|
|
|
|
332,763
|
|
|
|
329,620
|
|
|
|
306,326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
46,550
|
|
|
|
18,641
|
|
|
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
23,750
|
|
|
|
40,740
|
|
Interest income, net(2)
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
3,146
|
|
|
|
2,620
|
|
|
|
2,970
|
|
Other income, net(3)
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before taxes
|
|
|
47,279
|
|
|
|
19,305
|
|
|
|
14,021
|
|
|
|
26,370
|
|
|
|
43,710
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
18,451
|
|
|
|
7,572
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
10,806
|
|
|
|
16,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
28,828
|
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
$
|
15,564
|
|
|
$
|
27,386
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
1.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.58
|
|
|
$
|
0.99
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
1.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.57
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
Weighted average shares (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
24,041
|
|
|
|
24,246
|
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
|
|
26,775
|
|
|
|
27,799
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
24,511
|
|
|
|
24,627
|
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
27,424
|
|
|
|
28,255
|
|
Special cash dividends declared per common share
|
|
$
|
1.50
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
19,888
|
|
|
$
|
17,568
|
|
|
$
|
17,605
|
|
|
$
|
18,751
|
|
|
$
|
14,205
|
|
Number of campuses(1)
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Average undergraduate enrollments
|
|
|
18,600
|
|
|
|
15,900
|
|
|
|
14,900
|
|
|
|
15,900
|
|
|
|
16,300
|
|
Balance Sheet Data:(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents(4),(5),(6)
|
|
$
|
48,974
|
|
|
$
|
56,199
|
|
|
$
|
80,878
|
|
|
$
|
75,594
|
|
|
$
|
41,431
|
|
Current assets(4),(5),(6)
|
|
$
|
115,431
|
|
|
$
|
114,165
|
|
|
$
|
117,619
|
|
|
$
|
103,134
|
|
|
$
|
70,269
|
|
Working capital (deficit)(4),(5),(6)
|
|
$
|
(6,883
|
)
|
|
$
|
12,619
|
|
|
$
|
31,015
|
|
|
$
|
7,252
|
|
|
$
|
(26,009
|
)
|
Total assets(4),(5),(6)
|
|
$
|
242,499
|
|
|
$
|
223,351
|
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
$
|
232,822
|
|
|
$
|
212,161
|
|
Total shareholders equity(4),(6)
|
|
$
|
108,392
|
|
|
$
|
106,698
|
|
|
$
|
108,187
|
|
|
$
|
124,505
|
|
|
$
|
102,902
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
In 2010 and 2006, we opened campuses in Dallas/Ft. Worth,
Texas and Sacramento, California, respectively, which
contributed to the fluctuation in our results of operations and
financial position. |
|
(2) |
|
In 2010 and 2009, our interest income decreased as a result of
investment in low risk, low yield municipal bonds and mutual
funds, and our use of $16.9 million of cash to repurchase
our common shares. In 2010, we paid a special cash dividend on
common stock of $1.50 per share totaling $36.3 million. |
44
|
|
|
(3) |
|
In 2010 and 2009, our other income (expense) is primarily due to
sublease rental income. |
|
(4) |
|
In 2010, we paid a special cash dividend on common stock of
$1.50 per share totaling $36.3 million. In 2009, 2008 and
2006, we used cash and cash equivalents to repurchase
approximately $16.9 million, $29.5 million and
$30.0 million, respectively, of our common shares, which
decreased cash and cash equivalents, current assets and working
capital (deficit). |
|
(5) |
|
In 2009, we purchased a building in the Dallas/Ft. Worth,
Texas area for $9.1 million. In July 2007, we sold our
facilities and assigned our rights and obligations under our
ground lease at our Sacramento, California campus for
$40.8 million and received net proceeds of
$40.1 million. In October 2007, we sold our facilities and
land at our Norwood, Massachusetts campus for $33.0 million
and received net proceeds of $32.6 million. |
|
(6) |
|
In 2010, we paid a special cash dividend on common stock of
$1.50 per share totaling $36.3 million. |
|
|
ITEM 7.
|
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
|
You should read the following discussion together with the
Selected Financial Data and the consolidated financial
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
Report on
Form 10-K.
This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are
based on managements current expectations, estimates and
projections about our business and operations. Our actual
results may differ materially from those currently anticipated
and expressed in such forward-looking statements as a result of
a number of factors, including those we discuss under Risk
Factors and elsewhere in this Report on
Form 10-K.
General
Overview
We are the leading provider of postsecondary education for
students seeking careers as professional automotive, diesel,
collision repair, motorcycle and marine technicians as measured
by total average undergraduate enrollment and graduates. We
offer undergraduate degree, diploma or certificate programs at
11 campuses across the United States. We also offer manufacturer
specific advanced training programs that are sponsored by the
manufacturer or dealer, at dedicated training centers. We have
provided technical education for 45 years.
Our revenues consist principally of student tuition and fees
derived from the programs we provide and are presented after
reductions related to discounts and scholarships we sponsor,
refunds for students who withdraw from our programs prior to
specified dates and the portion of tuition students have funded
through our proprietary loan program. We generally recognize
tuition revenue and fees ratably over the terms of the various
programs we offer. We supplement our tuition revenues with
additional revenues from sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing and other revenues, all of which are
recognized as sales occur or services are performed. In
aggregate, these additional revenues represented less than 3% of
our total revenues in each year for the three-year period ended
September 30, 2010. Tuition revenue and fees generally vary
based on the average number of students enrolled and average
tuition charged per program.
Average student enrollments vary depending on, among other
factors, the number of (i) continuing students at the
beginning of a period, (ii) new student enrollments during
the period, (iii) students who have previously withdrawn
but decide to re-enroll during the period, and
(iv) graduations and withdrawals during the period. Our
average student enrollments are influenced by the attractiveness
of our program offerings to high school graduates and potential
adult students, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts, the
depth of our industry relationships, the strength of employment
markets and long term career prospects, the quality of our
instructors and student services professionals, the persistence
of our students, the length of our education programs, the
availability of federal and alternative funding for our
programs, the number of graduates of our programs who elect to
attend the advanced training programs we offer and general
economic conditions. Our introduction of additional program
offerings at existing schools and opening additional schools is
expected to influence our average student enrollment. We
currently offer start dates at our campuses that range from
every three to six weeks throughout the year in our various
undergraduate programs. The number of start dates of advanced
programs varies by the duration of those programs and the needs
of the manufacturers who sponsor them.
Our tuition charges vary by type and length of our programs and
the program level, such as undergraduate or advanced training.
Tuition rates have increased by approximately 3% to 5% per annum
in each year in the three-year
45
period ended September 30, 2010. We continually evaluate
our tuition pricing based on individual campus markets, the
competitive environment and ED regulations.
Most students at our campuses rely on funds received under
various government-sponsored student financial aid programs,
predominantly Title IV Programs, to pay a substantial
portion of their tuition and other education-related expenses.
In 2010, approximately 73% of our revenues, on a cash basis, as
defined by the U.S. Department of Education (ED), were
derived from federal student financial aid programs.
We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of
time, to the majority of our students. Our credit risk is
mitigated through the students participation in federally
funded financial aid programs unless students withdraw prior to
the receipt by us of Title IV funds for those students. In
addition, we bear all credit and collection risk for the portion
of our student tuition that is funded under our proprietary loan
program.
We categorize our operating expenses as (i) educational
services and facilities and (ii) selling, general and
administrative.
Major components of educational services and facilities expenses
include faculty and other campus administration employees
compensation and benefits, facility rent, maintenance,
utilities, depreciation and amortization of property and
equipment used in the provision of educational services, tools,
training aids, royalties under our licensing arrangements and
other costs directly associated with teaching our programs and
providing educational services to our students.
Selling, general and administrative expenses include
compensation and benefits of employees who are not directly
associated with the provision of educational services, such as
executive management; finance and central accounting; legal;
human resources; marketing and student enrollment expenses,
including compensation and benefits of personnel employed in
sales and marketing and student admissions; costs of
professional services; bad debt expense; costs associated with
the implementation and operation of our student management and
reporting system; rent for our home office; depreciation and
amortization of property and equipment that is not used in the
provision of educational services and other costs that are
incidental to our operations. All marketing and student
enrollment expenses are recognized in the period incurred. Costs
related to the opening of new facilities, excluding related
capital expenditures, are expensed in the period incurred or
when services are provided.
2010
Overview
Operations
Our average undergraduate full-time student enrollment increased
17.0% to 18,600 students for the year ended September 30,
2010, resulting in revenue growth of 18.9%. Our revenues for the
year ended September 30, 2010 were $435.9 million, an
increase of $69.3 million from the prior year, and our net
income for the year was $28.8 million, an increase of
$17.1 million from the prior year. The increase in revenues
was primarily due to an increase in average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment, an increase in tuition rates and a
decrease in tuition scholarships. Our revenues excluded
$9.7 million of tuition revenue related to students
participating in our proprietary loan program. Additionally, our
revenues related to our industry training programs declined
during the year. The increase in our average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment drove an increase in student
centric variable costs including compensation and related
benefits, supplies and maintenance, tools and training aids.
Additionally, our advertising expense increased to generate
additional high quality student inquiries to support future
student enrollments.
Student starts increased by 10.7% for the year ended
September 30, 2010, as compared to an increase of 16.6% for
the year ended September 30, 2009. The increase in starts
is a result of the investments we made in our student
recruitment representatives as well as the recruitment, training
and development of additional financial aid and future student
advisors during 2009. Additionally, although not quantifiable,
we believe broader economic conditions have contributed to a
portion of our recent enrollment growth. In 2011, we anticipate
low single digit start growth.
46
Given the solid performance in 2010 and the uncertain regulatory
environment, we expect growth in new students and average
enrollments to moderate in the coming year while improving
financial results and operating margins.
Regulatory
Environment
On October 29, 2010, ED issued final regulations pertaining
to certain aspects of the administration of Title IV
Programs. With minor exceptions, these regulations will become
effective July 1, 2011. ED previously announced that it was
delaying until early 2011 publication of final regulations on
certain further proposed gainful employment regulations, which
are expected to become effective July 1, 2012 or
thereafter. Currently, we have identified the rules concerning
gainful employment, compensation, the definition of a credit
hour and the broadened definition of misrepresentation as the
rules most likely to materially impact our business. We are in
the process of reviewing and assessing the likely impact of the
October 29, 2010 final regulations on our operations.
Compliance with these final rules could have a material impact
on the manner in which we conduct our business and the results
of operations. We cannot currently predict how significant any
such impact will be. For a description of additional information
regarding these regulatory changes, see
Business Regulatory Environment
Regulation of Federal Student Financial Aid Programs
Final rulemaking by the U.S. Department of Education
included elsewhere in this Report on
Form 10-K.
Dividend
Payment
On July 16, 2010 we paid a special cash dividend of $1.50
per share totaling $36.3 million to common stockholders of
record as of July 6, 2010. We continuously evaluate our
cash position in light of growth opportunities, operating
results and general market conditions. Periodically, we may
return shareholder earnings through cash dividends or stock
repurchases, or a combination thereof.
New
Campus
We opened a new campus in Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas in June 2010,
providing our Automotive Technology II program at the time
of opening. For the year ended September 30, 2010, this
campus had revenues of $1.2 million and operating expenses
of $8.3 million. We anticipate this new campus will become
profitable within 9 to 15 months after opening. We have
invested approximately $19.7 million in the building and
land purchase, building improvements and equipment through
September 30, 2010. We anticipate offering our
Automotive/Diesel Technology II training program in 2011 at
this campus.
Curriculum
Transformation
We are transforming our Automotive Technology and Diesel
Technology program curricula to a blend of daily instructor-led
theory and hands-on lab training complemented by web-based
training, which is reflective of current industry training
methods and standards. In addition to improving the overall
educational experience for our students, the new curricula offer
more convenience and training flexibility for our students while
meeting industry standards. We began offering the new curricula
at the Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas campus at the time of
opening. We intend to integrate the new curricula at our other
campuses in the future. To date we have invested approximately
$15.1 million for this transformation and anticipate
investing within the range of $4.0 million to
$6.0 million during 2011.
47
Results
of Operations
The following table sets forth selected statement of operations
data as a percentage of revenues for each of the periods
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
48.8
|
%
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
|
54.4
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
89.4
|
%
|
|
|
94.9
|
%
|
|
|
96.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
Other income
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
0.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
10.8
|
%
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
|
2.1
|
%
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization
(EBITDA) for the years ending September 30, 2010, 2009 and
2008 were $67.8 million, $37.5 million and
$28.9 million, respectively. EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial
measure which is provided to supplement, but not substitute for,
the most directly comparable GAAP measure. We choose to disclose
to investors this non-GAAP financial measure because it provides
an additional analytical tool to clarify our results from
operations and helps to identify underlying trends.
Additionally, such measure helps compare our performance on a
consistent basis across time periods. To obtain a complete
understanding of our performance, this measure should be
examined in connection with net income determined in accordance
with GAAP. Since the items excluded from this measure are
significant components in understanding and assessing financial
performance under GAAP, this measure should not be considered to
be an alternative to net income as a measure of our operating
performance or profitability. Exclusion of items in our non-GAAP
presentation should not be construed as an inference that these
items are unusual, infrequent or non-recurring. Other companies,
including other companies in the education industry, may
calculate EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness
as a comparative measure across companies. Investors are
encouraged to use GAAP measures when evaluating our financial
performance.
EBITDA reconciles to net income as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
28,828
|
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
Interest income, net
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
|
|
(198
|
)
|
|
|
(3,146
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
18,451
|
|
|
|
7,572
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
20,803
|
|
|
|
18,417
|
|
|
|
18,052
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EBITDA
|
|
$
|
67,832
|
|
|
$
|
37,524
|
|
|
$
|
28,927
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on equity for the trailing four quarters ended
September 30, 2010 was 25.6% compared to 11.3% for the
trailing four quarters ended September 30, 2009. Return on
equity is calculated as the sum of our net income for the last
four quarters divided by the average of our total
shareholders equity balances at the end of each of the
last five quarters.
48
Capacity utilization is the ratio of our average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment to total seats available. Total
seats available represents our maximum capacity, however, due to
certain dynamics, our operating capacity tends to be lower. The
following table sets forth our average capacity utilization
during each of the periods indicated and the total seats
available at the end of each of the periods indicated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Average undergraduate full-time student enrollment
|
|
|
18,600
|
|
|
|
15,900
|
|
|
|
14,900
|
|
Total seats available
|
|
|
27,200
|
|
|
|
24,800
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Average capacity utilization
|
|
|
68.4
|
%
|
|
|
64.1
|
%
|
|
|
59.6
|
%
|
During the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
we started 19,500 students, 17,600 students, and 15,100
students, respectively.
The increase in our total seats available was primarily due to
classrooms transferred to our Automotive Technology programs as
a result of reductions in and discontinuation of training for
certain manufacturer specific training programs and the opening
of our Dallas/Fort Worth, Texas campus. During 2011, we
plan to continue to seek alternate uses for our underutilized
space at existing campuses. Alternate uses may include
subleasing space to third parties, allocating additional space
for use by our manufacturer specific advanced training programs,
adding new industry relationships or consolidating
administrative functions into campus facilities.
Year
Ended September 30, 2010 Compared to Year Ended
September 30, 2009
Revenues. Our revenues for the year
ended September 30, 2010 were $435.9 million,
representing an increase of $69.3 million, or 18.9%, as
compared to revenues of $366.6 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009. The increase was due to a 17.0%
increase in the average undergraduate full-time student
enrollment, tuition increases of between 3% and 5%, depending on
the program, and a decrease of approximately $1.1 million
in tuition scholarships. Our revenues for the year ended
September 30, 2010 excluded $9.7 million of tuition
revenue related to students participating in our proprietary
loan program. In accordance with our accounting policy, we will
recognize the related revenue as payments are received from the
students participating in this program. In addition, industry
training revenue decreased by $6.5 million due to
reductions in and discontinuation of training for certain
manufacturer specific training programs.
Educational services and facilities
expenses. Our educational services and
facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2010
were $212.6 million, representing an increase of
$19.1 million, or 9.9%, as compared to $193.5 million
for the year ended September 30, 2009.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
educational services and facilities expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
111,515
|
|
|
$
|
102,061
|
|
|
|
25.6
|
%
|
|
|
27.8
|
%
|
Occupancy costs
|
|
|
36,410
|
|
|
|
36,175
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
%
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
Other educational services and facilities expenses
|
|
|
23,993
|
|
|
|
21,306
|
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
15,632
|
|
|
|
14,838
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
Tools and training aids expense
|
|
|
13,108
|
|
|
|
9,183
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
Supplies and maintenance
|
|
|
11,919
|
|
|
|
9,927
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
212,577
|
|
|
$
|
193,490
|
|
|
|
48.8
|
%
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increase in average undergraduate full-time student
enrollment drove the increase in student centric variable costs
including compensation and related costs, supplies and
maintenance and tools and training aids.
49
The significant components of educational services and
facilities expenses at our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus
included $1.1 million related to tools and training aids
and $0.9 million in compensation costs for instructors and
other staff during the year ended September 30, 2010.
We anticipate our compensation and related costs will increase
during 2011 due to planned increased staffing necessary to
support teaching the Diesel and Industrial program at our Rancho
Cucamonga, California campus and in support of anticipated
growth in average undergraduate full-time student enrollments at
our Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus.
Selling, general and administrative
expenses. Our selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended September 30,
2010 were $176.8 million, an increase of
$22.3 million, or 14.4%, as compared to $154.5 million
for the year ended September 30, 2009.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
selling, general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
100,804
|
|
|
$
|
90,228
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
Advertising costs
|
|
|
32,552
|
|
|
|
23,708
|
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
31,164
|
|
|
|
27,265
|
|
|
|
7.2
|
%
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,732
|
|
|
|
1.5
|
%
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
5,754
|
|
|
|
6,571
|
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
176,794
|
|
|
$
|
154,504
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total compensation and related costs increased by approximately
$10.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2010 as
a result of an increase in the number of staff to support the
growth associated with the increase in average undergraduate
full-time student enrollments and an increase in the number of
sales force representatives who were hired to drive an increase
in the number of enrollments. Additionally, bonus expense
increased $2.2 million for the year ended
September 30, 2010, due to improved operating results. We
anticipate our compensation and related costs will increase
during 2011 due to planned increased staffing to support the
transformation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel
Technology program curricula.
Advertising expense increased $8.8 million for the year
ended September 30, 2010 primarily due to an increase in
our advertising spend to generate high quality inquiries to
support future student enrollments. We anticipate our
advertising expense will continue to increase in 2011 due to
higher overall advertising costs.
We anticipate our depreciation expense will increase during 2011
due to the investment in the transformation of our Automotive
Technology and Diesel Technology program curricula and leasehold
improvements and equipment necessary to begin offering our
Diesel and Industrial program at our Rancho Cucamonga,
California campus.
Income taxes. Our provision for income
taxes for the year ended September 30, 2010 was
$18.5 million, or 39.0% of pre-tax income compared with
$7.6 million or 39.2% of pre-tax income for the year ended
September 30, 2009. The effective income tax rate in each
year differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35%
primarily as a result of state income taxes, net of related
federal income tax benefits.
Net income. As a result of the
foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended
September 30, 2010 of $28.8 million, as compared to
net income of $11.7 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009.
Year
Ended September 30, 2009 Compared to Year Ended
September 30, 2008
Revenues. Our revenues for the year
ended September 30, 2009 were $366.6 million,
representing an increase of $23.2 million, or 6.7%, as
compared to revenues of $343.5 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008. The increase was due to a 6.1% increase
in the average undergraduate full-time student enrollment,
tuition
50
increases of between 3% and 5%, depending on the program, and a
decrease of approximately $1.5 million in tuition
scholarships. Our revenues for the year ended September 30,
2009 excluded $8.0 million of tuition revenue related to
students participating in our proprietary loan program. In
accordance with our accounting policy, we will recognize the
related revenue as payments are received from the students
participating in this program. In addition, industry training
revenue decreased by $2.0 million due to adjustments to the
training calendars for certain manufacturer specific training
programs. The manufacturers we work with periodically review
their technician hiring and training needs which results in
adjustments to the training schedules and staffing requirements.
Certain manufacturers performed such an assessment this year
which resulted in a reduction in the number of courses offered.
We also experienced one less earning day in 2009, which resulted
in a decrease to revenue of $1.4 million.
Educational services and facilities
expenses. Our educational services and
facilities expenses for the year ended September 30, 2009
were $193.5 million, representing an increase of
$6.9 million, or 3.7%, as compared to $186.6 million
for the year ended September 30, 2008.
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
educational services and facilities expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
102,061
|
|
|
$
|
96,506
|
|
|
|
27.8
|
%
|
|
|
28.1
|
%
|
Occupancy costs
|
|
|
36,175
|
|
|
|
36,068
|
|
|
|
9.9
|
%
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
Other educational services and facilities expenses
|
|
|
25,010
|
|
|
|
24,607
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
Depreciation expense
|
|
|
14,838
|
|
|
|
14,936
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
%
|
|
|
4.4
|
%
|
Tools and training aids expense
|
|
|
9,183
|
|
|
|
9,112
|
|
|
|
2.5
|
%
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
6,223
|
|
|
|
5,411
|
|
|
|
1.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
193,490
|
|
|
$
|
186,640
|
|
|
|
52.8
|
%
|
|
|
54.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total compensation and related costs increased by approximately
$5.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2009
primarily due to increases in salaries, bonuses and benefits.
Salaries increased $4.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009 primarily due to the growth in
applications and our related investment in the recruitment,
training, and development of additional financial aid and future
student advisors to ensure we provide a high level of service to
our future students. The increase in salaries also included
$0.6 million in severance for instructors and support staff
impacted by the reduction in courses offered for certain
manufacturer training programs during the year and the
cancellation of the Audi of America, Inc. and Volkswagen of
America, Inc. training agreements in September 2009. Bonus
expense increased by $0.7 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009 due to improved operating results for
the year. Benefits expense increased $0.7 million for the
year ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to increased
expenses under our self-insured employee benefit plans, although
benefits as a percentage of total compensation decreased for the
current year.
Selling, general and administrative
expenses. Our selling, general and
administrative expenses for the year ended September 30,
2009 were $154.5 million, an increase of $8.4 million,
or 5.7%, as compared to $146.1 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008.
51
The following table sets forth the significant components of our
selling, general and administrative expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of Revenues
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs
|
|
$
|
90,228
|
|
|
$
|
78,751
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
Other selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
27,265
|
|
|
|
28,413
|
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
Advertising costs
|
|
|
23,708
|
|
|
|
26,400
|
|
|
|
6.5
|
%
|
|
|
7.7
|
%
|
Contract services expense
|
|
|
6,732
|
|
|
|
8,180
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
6,571
|
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
|
|
1.8
|
%
|
|
|
1.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
154,504
|
|
|
$
|
146,123
|
|
|
|
42.1
|
%
|
|
|
42.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and related costs increased due to increases in
salaries, bonuses and benefits expense, partially offset by
costs capitalized in connection with the transformation of our
automotive and diesel curriculum and a decrease in stock
compensation expense. Salaries expense increased
$8.3 million for the year ended September 30, 2009
primarily due to an increase in the number of information
technology employees hired to fill open positions and an
increase in the number of sales force representatives who were
hired in response to the increase in the number and quality of
inquiries we have been experiencing. The increase in salaries
was also due to $1.6 million in severance related to the
departure of executives during the year ended September 30,
2009 compared to $1.0 million in severance related to the
departure of executives during the year ended September 30,
2008. Bonuses increased $2.3 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009, due to improved operating results.
Benefits expense increased $1.8 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009 primarily due to increased expenses
under our self-insured employee benefit plans. The increases
were partially offset by an increase of $0.8 million in
salaries and related costs we capitalized related to employees
involved in the transformation of our automotive and diesel
curriculum. The increases were also offset by a decrease of
$0.6 million in stock-based compensation expense due to the
departure of executives who forfeited stock-based awards.
Advertising expense decreased $2.7 million for the year
ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to successful
inquiry generation campaigns that require fewer sponsorships of
national television programs and less local market promotion of
specific campuses than in prior periods.
Bad debt expense increased $2.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2009, due to changes in the student funding
environment, internal execution challenges, and the declining
general economic conditions experienced over the past eighteen
months.
Contract services expense decreased $1.6 million for the
year ended September 30, 2009 primarily due to a decrease
of $1.2 million for contract employees as open positions
were filled in our information technology and finance
departments.
Interest income. Our interest income
for the year ended September 30, 2009 was
$0.2 million, representing a decrease of $3.0 million,
or 92%, compared to interest income of $3.2 million for the
year ended September 30, 2008. The decrease in interest
income was attributable to reductions in available interest
rates, our decision to change to a more conservative investment
strategy in the current economic environment, and reduced
amounts available for investment as a result of share
repurchases totaling $16.9 million during 2009.
Income taxes. Our provision for income
taxes for the year ended September 30, 2009 was
$7.6 million, or 39.2% of pre-tax income compared with
$5.8 million or 41.4% of pre-tax income for the year ended
September 30, 2008. The effective income tax rate in each
year differed from the federal statutory tax rate of 35%
primarily as a result of state income taxes, net of related
federal income tax benefits. The decrease in the tax rate as a
percentage of pretax income was primarily attributable to the
establishment of a valuation allowance for the deferred tax
assets related to certain state net operating losses in 2008.
Net income. As a result of the
foregoing, we reported net income for the year ended
September 30, 2009 of $11.7 million, as compared to
net income of $8.2 million for the year ended
September 30, 2008.
52
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Based on past performance and current expectations, we believe
that our cash flow from operations, cash on hand and investments
will satisfy our working capital needs, capital expenditures,
commitments, and other liquidity requirements associated with
our existing operations through the next 12 months.
We believe that the strategic use of our cash resources includes
funding our new campus as well as subsidizing funding
alternatives for our students. In addition, we evaluate the
repurchase of our common stock, payment of dividends,
consideration of strategic acquisitions and other potential uses
of cash. To the extent that potential acquisitions are large
enough to require financing beyond cash from operations, we may
issue debt resulting in increased interest expense. Our
aggregate cash and cash equivalents and current investments were
$77.5 million and $81.3 million at September 30,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
Our principal source of liquidity is operating cash flows. A
majority of our revenues are derived from Title IV
Programs. Federal regulations dictate the timing of
disbursements of funds under Title IV Programs. Students
must apply for a new loan for each academic year consisting of
thirty-week periods. Loan funds are generally provided by
lenders in two disbursements for each academic year. The first
disbursement is usually received after the start of a
students academic year and the second disbursement is
typically received at the beginning of the sixteenth week from
the start of the students academic year. We established a
proprietary loan program in which we bear all credit and
collection risk and students are not required to begin repayment
until six months after the student completes or withdraws from
his or her program. These factors, together with the timing of
when our students begin their programs, affect our operating
cash flow.
Operating
Activities
Our net cash provided by operating activities was
$67.5 million, $49.5 million and $21.1 million
for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The increase from 2009 to 2010 is primarily
attributable to higher net income resulting from increased
revenues due to an increase in our average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment. The increase from 2008 to 2009 is
primarily attributable to changes in our operating assets and
liabilities.
During the year ended September 30, 2010, the changes in
our operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash inflows of
$10.0 million. The inflows were a result of a
$15.1 million increase in deferred revenue primarily due to
the timing of student starts, the number of students in school
and where they were at year end in relation to the completion of
their program coupled with an increase in average undergraduate
full-time student enrollment at September 30, 2010 compared
to September 30, 2009. The inflows are also due to a
$6.0 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
expenses primarily attributable to an increase in accrued
bonuses as a result of improved operating results. There was a
use of cash as a result of an increase in receivables by
$9.9 million due to an increase in our average
undergraduate full-time student enrollment.
During the year ended September 30, 2009, the changes in
our operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash inflows of
$10.0 million. The inflows were primarily attributable to a
$7.0 million increase in accounts payable and accrued
expenses primarily due to an increase in accrued bonuses as a
result of improved operating results. The inflows are also due
to a $3.5 million increase in deferred revenue which was
primarily attributable to the timing of student starts, the
number of students in school and where they were at year end in
relation to the completion of their program coupled with an
increase in average undergraduate full-time student enrollment
at September 30, 2009 compared to September 30, 2008.
During the year ended September 30, 2008, the changes in
our operating assets and liabilities resulted in cash outflows
of $15.1 million. The outflows were primarily attributable
to a $11.3 million increase in receivables. In-school
student receivables increased due to the challenges we
experienced in our student financial aid process due to the
changing student funding environment and the resulting delay in
receiving student financial aid funding used to settle students
in-school receivable. The outflows are also due to a
$4.7 million decrease in deferred revenue which was
primarily attributable to the timing of student starts, the
number of students in school and where they were at year end in
relation to the completion of their program and an increase in
need-based tuition scholarships.
53
Investing
Activities
During the year ended September 30, 2010, cash used in
investing activities was $42.1 million and was primarily
related to our investment in new and replacement training
equipment for our ongoing operations. The following is a summary
of our significant investments in capital expenditure activities.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $10.5 million in building
improvements and equipment for the Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas
campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $10.3 million in the
transformation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel
Technology program curricula.
|
During the year ended September 30, 2011, we anticipate our
investment in capital expenditures will be relatively consistent
with the year ended September 30, 2010. We anticipate
investing in the range of $4.0 million to $6.0 million
in the transformation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel
Technology program curricula and $3.5 million to
$4.0 million in leasehold improvements and equipment
necessary to begin offering our Diesel and Industrial program at
our Rancho Cucamonga, California campus.
During the year ended September 30, 2009, cash used in
investing activities was approximately $57.4 million and
was primarily related to the purchase of property and equipment,
capital improvements and the purchase of investments. The
following is a summary of our significant investments in capital
expenditure activities.
|
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $9.3 million to purchase
facilities for the Dallas/Ft. Worth, Texas campus in
addition to leasehold improvements at a temporary facility for
this campus.
|
|
|
|
We invested approximately $4.8 million in the
transformation of our Automotive Technology and Diesel
Technology program curricula.
|
During the year ended September 30, 2008, cash provided by
investing activities was $13.0 million and was primarily
related to proceeds received from the sale of the Norwood,
Massachusetts campus facility. Capital expenditures associated
with existing campus expansions and ongoing replacement of
equipment related to student training resulted in cash used of
$17.7 million.
Financing
Activities
During the year ended September 30, 2010, cash used in
financing activities was $32.6 million and was primarily
attributable to the payment of a special cash dividend in July
2010 of $1.50 per share totaling $36.3 million to common
stockholders of record as of July 6, 2010.
During the year ended September 30, 2009, cash used in
financing activities was $16.8 million and was attributable
to the repurchase of our stock.
During the year ended September 30, 2008, cash used in
financing activities was $28.8 million and was attributable
to the repurchase of our stock.
Dividends
We continuously evaluate our cash position in light of growth
opportunities, operating results and general market conditions.
Periodically, we may return shareholder earnings through cash
dividends or stock repurchases, or a combination thereof.
Stock
Repurchase Program
Our Board of Directors previously authorized the repurchase of
up to $70.0 million of our common stock in the open market
or through privately negotiated transactions. The timing and
actual number of shares purchased will depend on a variety of
factors such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements,
and prevailing market conditions. We may terminate or limit the
stock repurchase program at any time without prior notice.
Through September 30, 2010, we purchased 3.4 million
shares at an average price per share of $13.50 and a total cost
of
54
approximately $46.4 million under this program. We did not
make any purchases during the year ended September 30, 2010.
Contractual
Obligations
The following table sets forth, as of September 30, 2010,
the aggregate amounts of our significant contractual obligations
and commitments with definitive payment terms that will require
cash outlays in the future.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due by Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
1-3
|
|
|
3-5
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases(1)
|
|
$
|
258,844
|
|
|
$
|
25,962
|
|
|
$
|
50,983
|
|
|
$
|
51,428
|
|
|
$
|
130,471
|
|
Purchase obligations(2)
|
|
|
42,099
|
|
|
|
18,943
|
|
|
|
13,001
|
|
|
|
4,839
|
|
|
|
5,316
|
|
Other long-term obligations
|
|
|
1,789
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
|
302,732
|
|
|
|
45,378
|
|
|
|
64,432
|
|
|
|
56,336
|
|
|
|
136,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issued and outstanding surety bonds(3)
|
|
|
13,789
|
|
|
|
13,789
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total contractual commitments
|
|
$
|
316,521
|
|
|
$
|
59,167
|
|
|
$
|
64,432
|
|
|
$
|
56,336
|
|
|
$
|
136,586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Minimum rental commitments. These amounts do not include
property taxes, insurance or normal recurring repairs and
maintenance. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes all agreements to purchase goods or services of either
a fixed or minimum quantity that are enforceable and legally
binding. Additionally, purchase orders outstanding as of
September 30, 2010, employment contracts and minimum
payments under licensing and royalty agreements are included. |
|
(3) |
|
Represents surety bonds posted on behalf of our schools and
education representatives with multiple state education agencies. |
Related
Party Transactions
Information concerning related party transactions is included in
Note 13 of the notes to our Consolidated Financial
Statements within Part II, Item 8 of this report.
For a description of additional information regarding related
party transactions, see the information included in our proxy
statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the
heading Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions.
Seasonality
Our revenues and operating results normally fluctuate as a
result of seasonal variations in our business, principally due
to changes in total student population and costs associated with
opening or expanding our campuses. Student population varies as
a result of new student enrollments, graduations and student
attrition. Historically, our schools have had lower student
populations in our third quarter than in the remainder of our
year because fewer students are enrolled during the summer
months. Additionally, our schools have had higher student
populations in our fourth quarter than in the remainder of the
year because more students enroll during this period. Our
expenses, however, do not vary significantly with changes in
student population and revenues and, as a result, such expenses
do not fluctuate significantly on a quarterly basis. We expect
quarterly fluctuations in operating results to continue as a
result of seasonal enrollment patterns. Such patterns may
change, however, as a result of new school openings, new program
introductions, increased enrollments of adult students or
acquisitions. In addition, our revenues for the first quarter
ending December 31 are impacted by the closure of our campuses
for a week in December for a holiday break and accordingly we do
not earn revenue during that closure period.
Operating income is negatively impacted during the initial start
up of new campus openings. We incur sales and marketing costs as
well as campus personnel costs in advance of the campus opening.
Typically we begin to
55
incur such costs approximately 12 to 15 months in advance
of the campus opening with the majority of the costs being
incurred in the nine month period prior to a campus opening.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
Three Month Period Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
$
|
103,522
|
|
|
|
23.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
90,121
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
90,035
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
%
|
March 31
|
|
|
105,631
|
|
|
|
24.2
|
%
|
|
|
89,125
|
|
|
|
24.3
|
%
|
|
|
88,157
|
|
|
|
25.7
|
%
|
June 30
|
|
|
107,525
|
|
|
|
24.7
|
%
|
|
|
87,852
|
|
|
|
24.0
|
%
|
|
|
80,639
|
|
|
|
23.5
|
%
|
September 30
|
|
|
119,243
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
%
|
|
|
99,537
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
%
|
|
|
84,629
|
|
|
|
24.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
435,921
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (Loss) from Operations
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
Three Month Period Ending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
$
|
15,056
|
|
|
|
32.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,589
|
|
|
|
19.3
|
%
|
|
$
|
9,304
|
|
|
|
87.0
|
%
|
March 31
|
|
|
9,884
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
%
|
|
|
(203
|
)
|
|
|
(1.1
|
)%
|
|
|
2,275
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
June 30
|
|
|
9,857
|
|
|
|
21.3
|
%
|
|
|
2,966
|
|
|
|
15.9
|
%
|
|
|
(1,429
|
)
|
|
|
(13.4
|
)%
|
September 30
|
|
|
11,753
|
|
|
|
25.2
|
%
|
|
|
12,289
|
|
|
|
65.9
|
%
|
|
|
547
|
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
46,550
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
18,641
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The increased revenues and income from operations for the three
month periods ended September 30, 2009, as compared to the
remainder of the year, was primarily due to an increase in our
student population resulting from the growth in applications we
have experienced since January 2008, the investments we made in
recruiting, training, and developing additional financial aid
and future student advisors and the seasonal variations in our
business.
The loss from operations during the three month period ending
March 31, 2009 was primarily due to additional sales force
representatives hired in response to our increase in quality
inquiries, contract services expenses incurred for process
improvement projects in financial aid and admissions and lower
interest income due to a change in investments to lower risk,
lower yielding mutual funds.
The loss from operations during the three month period ending
June 30, 2008 was primarily due to the increased investment
in the new national advertising campaign,
set-up fees
associated with the proprietary loan program and a decline in
average undergraduate full-time student enrollment.
Our results of operations for the year ended September 30,
2010 include a pre-tax charge of $1.3 million
($0.8 million after tax) recorded during the fourth quarter
to increase compensation expense by $1.0 million
($0.6 million after tax) and depreciation expense by
$0.3 million ($0.2 million after tax). The
$1.3 million pre-tax charge related to amounts which should
have been recognized of $0.4 million, $0.1 million,
$0.2 million and $0.1 million during the first,
second, third and fourth quarters of the year ended
September 30, 2009, respectively, and of $0.3 million,
$0.1 million and $0.1 million during the first, second
and third quarters of the year ended September 30, 2010,
respectively. We determined that the impact of these
out-of-period
adjustments was immaterial to our results of operations for the
applicable interim and annual periods during the years ended
September 30, 2009 and 2010. As a result, we have not
restated any prior period amounts.
56
Critical
Accounting Estimates
Our discussion of our financial condition and results of
operations is based upon our financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States, or GAAP. During the preparation
of these financial statements, we are required to make estimates
and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets,
liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures of
contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing basis, we
evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including those related
to revenue recognition, our proprietary loan program, allowance
for uncollectible accounts, investments, goodwill
recoverability, bonus plans, self-insurance claim liabilities,
income taxes, contingencies and stock-based compensation. We
base our estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the
circumstances. The results of our analysis form the basis for
making judgments about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different
assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such differences
may be material to our consolidated financial statements.
Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 3
of the notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within
Part II, Item 8 of this Report. We believe that the
following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in
fully understanding and evaluating our reported financial
results, and they require managements most subjective and
complex judgments in estimating the effect of inherent
uncertainties.
Revenue recognition. Revenues consist
primarily of student tuition and fees derived from the programs
we provide after reductions are made for discounts and
scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee revenue is recognized
ratably over the term of the course or program offered. If a
student withdraws from a program prior to a specified date, all
or a portion of deferred tuition revenue is refunded.
Approximately 97% of our revenues for each of the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consisted of tuition. Our
undergraduate programs are typically designed to be completed in
45 to 96 weeks and our advanced training programs range
from 14 to 24 weeks in duration. We supplement our revenues
with sales of textbooks and program supplies, student housing
and other revenues. Sales of textbooks and program supplies,
revenue related to student housing and other revenue are each
recognized as sales occur or services are performed. Deferred
revenue represents the excess of tuition and fee payments
received, as compared to tuition and fees earned, and is
reflected as a current liability in our consolidated balance
sheets because it is expected to be earned within the next
twelve months.
Proprietary Loan Program. In order to
provide funding for students who are not able to fully finance
the cost of their education under traditional governmental
financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or other
alternative sources we established a private loan program with a
national chartered bank in 2008. Under terms of the related
agreement, the bank originates loans for our students who meet
our specific credit criteria with the related proceeds used
exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then purchase
all such loans from the bank on a monthly basis and assume all
of the related credit risk. The loans bear interest at market
rates; however, principal and interest payments are not required
until six months after the student completes or withdraws from
his or her program. After the deferral period, monthly principal
and interest payments are required over the related term of the
loan.
In substance, we provide the students who participate in this
program with extended payment terms for a portion of their
tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying
transactions in accordance with our tuition revenue recognition
policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with
the extended payment terms required under the student loan
agreements, collectability is not reasonably assured.
Accordingly, we recognize tuition revenue and loan origination
fees financed by the loan and any related interest income
required under the loan when such amounts are collected. We will
reevaluate this policy on the basis of our historical collection
experience under the program and will accelerate recognition of
the related revenue if appropriate. All related expenses
incurred with the bank or other service providers are expensed
as incurred. Since loan collectability is not reasonably
assured, the loans and related deferred tuition revenue are
presented net and therefore are effectively not recognized in
our consolidated balance sheet. Our presentation will be
reevaluated when sufficient collection history has been obtained.
Allowance for uncollectible
accounts. We maintain an allowance for
uncollectible accounts for estimated losses resulting from the
inability, failure or refusal of our students to make required
payments. We offer a variety of
57
payment plans to help students pay that portion of their
education expenses not covered by financial aid programs or
alternate fund sources, which are unsecured and not guaranteed.
Management analyzes accounts receivable, historical percentages
of uncollectible accounts, customer credit worthiness and
changes in payment history when evaluating the adequacy of the
allowance for uncollectible accounts. We use an internal group
of collectors, augmented by third party collectors as deemed
appropriate, in our collection efforts. Although we believe that
our allowance is adequate, if the financial condition of our
students deteriorates, resulting in an impairment of their
ability to make payments, or if we underestimate the allowances
required, additional allowances may be necessary, which would
result in increased selling, general and administrative expenses
in the period such determination is made.
Investments. We invest in pre-refunded
municipal bonds, which are generally secured by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt
obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from
federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in certificates of
deposit issued by financial institutions and corporate bonds
from large cap industrial and selected financial companies with
a minimum credit rating of A. We have the ability and intention
to hold our investments until maturity and therefore classify
these investments as
held-to-maturity,
and report them at amortized cost. Investments with an original
maturity date of 90 days or less at the time of purchase
are classified as cash equivalents and investments with a
maturity date greater than one year at the end of the period are
classified as non-current.
We review our
held-to-maturity
investments for impairment quarterly to determine if
other-than-temporary
declines in the carrying value have occurred for any individual
investment.
Other-than-temporary
declines in the value of our
held-to-maturity
investments are recorded as expense in the period in which the
determination is made. We determined that no
other-than-temporary
declines occurred in our
held-to-maturity
investments during the years ended September 30, 2010 and
2009.
Goodwill. Goodwill represents the
excess of the cost of an acquired business over the estimated
fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Goodwill is reviewed at least annually for impairment, which
might result from the deterioration in the operating performance
of the acquired business, adverse market conditions, adverse
changes in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of
other circumstances. Any resulting impairment charge would be
recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is
identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost
of capital. While actual experience will differ from the amounts
included in our cash flow model, we do not believe that a
related impairment of our goodwill is reasonably possible in the
foreseeable future.
Self-Insurance. We are self-insured for
a number of risks including claims related to employee health
care and dental care and workers compensation. The
accounting for our self-insured plans involves estimates and
judgments to determine our ultimate liability related to
reported claims and claims incurred but not reported. We
consider our historical experience, severity factors, actuarial
analysis and existing stop loss insurance in estimating our
ultimate insurance liability. If our insurance claim trends were
to differ significantly from our historic claim experience, we
would make a corresponding adjustment to our insurance reserves.
Income taxes. We assess the likelihood
that our deferred tax assets will be realized from future
taxable income and establish a valuation allowance if we
determine that it is more likely than not that some portion or
all of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. Changes
in the valuation allowance are included in our statement of
operations as a charge or credit to income tax expense. We make
assumptions, judgments and estimates in determining our
provisions for income taxes, assessing our ability to utilize
any future tax benefit from our deferred tax assets. Although we
believe that our estimates are reasonable, changes in tax laws
or our interpretation of tax laws, and the outcome of future tax
audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for
income taxes in our
58
consolidated financial statements. In addition, actual operating
results and the underlying amount and category of income in
future years could render our current assessment of recoverable
deferred tax assets inaccurate.
Contingencies. In the ordinary conduct
of the business, we are subject to occasional lawsuits,
investigations and claims, including, but not limited to, claims
involving students and graduates and routine employment matters.
When we are aware of a claim or potential claim, we assess the
likelihood of any loss or exposure. If it is probable that a
loss will result and the amount of the loss can be reasonably
estimated, we record a liability for the loss. If the loss is
not probable or the amount of the loss cannot be reasonably
estimated, we disclose the nature of the specific claim if the
likelihood of a potential loss is reasonably possible and the
amount involved is material. There can be no assurance that the
ultimate outcome of any of the lawsuits, investigations or
claims pending against us will not have a material adverse
effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Stock-based Compensation. We measure
all share-based payments to employees at estimated fair value.
We recognize the compensation expense for option grants and
restricted stock awards with only service conditions on a
straight-line basis over the requisite service period. For stock
awards with market conditions, we recognize compensation expense
over the requisite period.
Option exercise prices are based upon the per share closing
price of our common stock on the date of grant. The fair value
of each option on the date of grant is estimated using the
Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain valuation
assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on a
zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill with a maturity date
approximately equal to the expected life of the option at the
grant date. We apply the simplified method for calculating the
expected term of the grant which is the weighted mid-point
between the vesting date of the grant and the expiration date of
the stock option agreement. Our dividend rate has historically
been assumed to be zero because we have not historically paid
dividends, other than the special cash dividend of $1.50 paid
July 16, 2010. We derive our expected volatility using a
method that includes an analysis of companies within our
industry sector, including UTI, to calculate the annualized
historical volatility.
Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is
measured based on the closing price of our common stock on the
date of grant. The requisite service period for restricted stock
awards is generally the vesting period. Compensation expense is
recognized only for those awards that are expected to vest,
which we estimate based upon historical forfeitures.
In September 2010 and 2009, our Board of Directors approved
grants of stock units with vesting of the grant subject to a
market condition (market shares). The market condition is based
on total shareholder return which is the comparison of the
change in our stock price and dividends to the change in stock
price and dividends of the companies included in a nationally
recognized stock index for the measurement periods included in
the grant. On the settlement date for each measurement period,
participants will receive shares of our common stock equal to
0% to 200% of the market shares originally granted
depending on where our total shareholder return ranks among the
companies included in the related index for that measurement
period.
The fair value of the market shares at grant date for each
measurement period was estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation
which required assumptions for expected volatilities,
correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of return, and
dividend yields. Expected volatilities were derived using a
method that calculates historical volatility over a period equal
to the length of the measurement period for UTI and the
companies included in the related index. Correlation
coefficients were based on the same data used to calculate
historical volatilities and were used to model how our stock
price moves in relation to the companies included in the related
index. We used a risk-free rate of return that is equal to the
yield of a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill that is
commensurate with each measurement period, and we assumed that
any dividends paid were reinvested.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Information concerning recently issued accounting pronouncements
which are not yet effective is included in Note 4 of the
notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements within
Part II, Item 8 of this Report. As indicated in
Note 4, we do not expect any of the recently issued
accounting pronouncements to have a material effect on our
financial statements.
59
|
|
ITEM 7A.
|
QUANTITATIVE
AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
|
Our principal exposure to market risk relates to changes in
interest rates. As of September 30, 2010, we held
$49.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and
$32.1 million in investments. During the year ended
September 30, 2010, we earned interest income of
$0.3 million. In September 2008, we changed the investments
of our cash and cash equivalents from a mutual fund invested in
a portfolio composed of commercial paper, floating variable rate
bonds, repurchase agreements, certificates of deposit, time
deposits, municipal bonds, short-term corporate bonds and
federal agencies to a mutual fund that invests in
U.S. treasury notes, U.S. treasury bills and
repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. treasury notes
and U.S. treasury bills. Additionally, in May 2009, we
began investing in pre-refunded municipal bonds, collateralized
by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. treasury notes. We do not believe that reasonably
possible changes in interest rates will have a material effect
on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
As of September 30, 2010, we did not have significant
short-term or long-term borrowings.
Effect of
Inflation
To date, inflation has not had a significant effect on our
operations.
60
|
|
ITEM 8.
|
FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
|
The following financial statements of the Company and its
subsidiaries are included below on pages F-2 to
F-30 of this
report:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
ITEM 9.
|
CHANGES
IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
|
None.
|
|
ITEM 9A.
|
CONTROLS
AND PROCEDURES
|
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Under the supervision and with the participation of our
management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, we have evaluated the effectiveness of the
design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures
(as such term is defined in
Rules 13a-15(e)
and
15d-15(e)
under the Exchange Act) as of September 30, 2010, pursuant
to Exchange Act
Rule 13a-15.
Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the
Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls
and procedures as of September 30, 2010 were effective in
ensuring that (i) information required to be disclosed by
the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported,
within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and
forms and (ii) information required to be disclosed by the
Company in the reports that it files or submits under the
Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the
Companys management, including its principal executive and
principal financial officers, or persons performing similar
functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.
Changes
in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial
reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required
by Exchange Act Rule 13a 15(d) or
15d 15(d) that occurred during the quarter ended
September 30, 2010 that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over
financial reporting.
Managements Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting and our Independent Registered Public Accounting
Firms report with respect to the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting are included on pages F-2 and
F-3, respectively, of this annual report on
Form 10-K.
Managements
Certifications
The Company has filed as exhibits to its annual report on
Form 10-K
for the year ended September 30, 2010, filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, the certifications of the
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the
Company required by Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.
The Company has submitted to the New York Stock Exchange the
most recent Annual Chief Executive Officer Certification as
required by Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock
Exchange Listed Company Manual.
|
|
ITEM 9B.
|
OTHER
INFORMATION
|
None.
61
PART III
|
|
ITEM 10.
|
DIRECTORS,
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2011
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings Election
of Directors; Corporate Governance and Related
Matters; Code of Conduct; Corporate Governance
Guidelines and Section 16(a) Beneficial
Ownership Reporting Compliance is incorporated herein by
reference. Information regarding executive officers of the
Company is set forth under the caption Executive Officers
of Universal Technical Institute, Inc. in Part I
hereof.
|
|
ITEM 11.
|
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2011
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Executive
Compensation, Compensation Committee
Interlocks and Compensation Committee Report
is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 12.
|
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2011
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the headings Equity
Compensation Plan Information and Security Ownership
of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management is
incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR
INDEPENDENCE
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2011
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions and Corporate
Governance and Related Matters is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
PRINCIPAL
ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
|
The information set forth in our proxy statement for the 2011
Annual Meeting of Stockholders under the heading Fees Paid
to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP and Audit Committee
Pre-Approval Procedures for Services Provided by the Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm is incorporated herein
by reference.
62
PART IV
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
EXHIBITS AND
FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
|
(a) Documents filed as part of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K:
(1) The financial statements required to be included in
this Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are included in Item 8 of this Report.
(2) All other schedules have been omitted because they are
not required, are not applicable, or the required information is
shown on the financial statements or the notes thereto.
(3) Exhibits:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 23, 2004.)
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on December 15, 2008.)
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement, dated December 16, 2003,
between Registrant and certain stockholders signatory thereto.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute Executive Benefit Plan, effective
March 1, 1997. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
Management 2002 Option Program. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.3*
|
|
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. 2003 Incentive Compensation
Plan (as amended February 28, 2007). (Formerly known as the
2003 Stock Incentive Plan). (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed May 10, 2007.)
|
|
10
|
.4.1*
|
|
Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.4.2*
|
|
Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on June 21, 2006.)
|
|
10
|
.4.3*
|
|
Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.5.3 to the Registrants Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
filed December 1, 2009.)
|
|
10
|
.4.4*
|
|
Form of Performance Shares Award Agreement. (Incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.5.4 to the Registrants
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed December 1, 2009.)
|
|
10
|
.5.1*
|
|
Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the
Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
filed December 14, 2005.)
|
|
10
|
.5.2*
|
|
Second Amended and Restated 2003 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Registrants Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
filed August 4, 2010.
|
|
10
|
.6.1*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between
Registrant and John C. White. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.6.2*
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of
January 1, 2009, between Registrant and John C. White.
(Filed herewith.)
|
|
10
|
.7.1*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated July 8, 2008, between
Registrant and Kimberly J. McWaters. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 9, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.7.2*
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of
January 1, 2009, between Registrant and Kimberly J.
McWaters. (Filed herewith.)
|
63
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Description
|
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated April 1, 1994, as amended, between
City Park LLC, as successor in interest to 2844 West Deer
Valley L.L.C., as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation,
as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to
the Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.9
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, as amended, between
John C. and Cynthia L. White, as trustees of the John C. and
Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust, as landlord, and The Clinton
Harley Corporation, as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated July 2, 2001, between Delegates LLC,
as landlord, and The Clinton Harley Corporation, as tenant.
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the
Registrants Registration Statement on
Form S-1
dated October 3, 2003, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-109430).)
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between Registrant and
its directors and officers. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.16 to the Registrants Registration
Statement on
Form S-1
dated April 5, 2004, or an amendment thereto
(No. 333-114185).)
|
|
10
|
.12.1*
|
|
Employment Agreement dated July 24, 2008, between
Registrant and Eugene S. Putnam, Jr. (Incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on July 29, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.12.2*
|
|
First Amendment to Employment Agreement, effective as of
January 1, 2009, between Registrant and Eugene S. Putnam,
Jr. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
10
|
.13*
|
|
Separation Agreement, Waiver and Release dated December 17,
2008, between Registrant and Larry H. Wolff. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on December 18, 2008.)
|
|
10
|
.14*
|
|
Employment Agreement, dated March 6, 2009, between
Registrant and Roger L. Speer. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on March 6, 2009.)
|
|
10
|
.15*
|
|
Separation Agreement, Waiver and Release dated July 30,
2009, between Registrant and Sherrell E. Smith. (Incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on August 4, 2009.)
|
|
10
|
.16*
|
|
Deferred Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to a
Form 8-K
filed by the Registrant on April 6, 2010.
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant. (Incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 21.1 to the Registrants Annual Report on
Form 10-K
dated December 14, 2005.)
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. (Filed herewith.)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney. (Included on signature page.)
|
|
31
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
31
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.1
|
|
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
32
|
.2
|
|
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to
18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. (Filed
herewith.)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Indicates a contract with management or compensatory plan or
arrangement. |
64
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
UNIVERSAL TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC.
JOHN C. WHITE
Chairman of the Board
Date: December 1, 2010
POWER OF
ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature
appears below constitutes and appoints John C. White and Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr., or either of them, as his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in
any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
and any documents related to this report and filed pursuant to
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and to file the same, with
all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection
therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, full power and authority
to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and
necessary to be done in connection therewith as fully to all
intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby
ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, or their substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or
cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons
on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates
indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ John
C. White
John
C. White
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kimberly
J. McWaters
Kimberly
J. McWaters
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive
Officer) and Director
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr.
Eugene
S. Putnam, Jr.
|
|
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer (Principal
Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Alan
E. Cabito
Alan
E. Cabito
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ A.
Richard Caputo, Jr.
A.
Richard Caputo, Jr.
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Conrad
A. Conrad
Conrad
A. Conrad
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Roger
S. Penske
Roger
S. Penske
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Linda
J. Srere
Linda
J. Srere
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dr. Roderick
Paige
Dr. Roderick
Paige
|
|
Director
|
|
December 1, 2010
|
66
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
INDEX TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
F-1
MANAGEMENTS
REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining
adequate internal control over financial reporting for the
company and for assessing the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting as such term is defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Internal control over
financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States.
Internal control over financial reporting includes policies and
procedures that pertain to maintaining records that, in
reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our
transactions and dispositions of the companys assets;
providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as
necessary to permit preparation of our financial statements in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and
expenditures of company assets are made in accordance with
management and director authorization; and providing reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of company assets
that could have a material effect on our financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to risks that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting based on the framework
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this
evaluation, management concluded that the companys
internal control over financial reporting was effective as of
September 30, 2010. There were no changes in our internal
control over financial reporting during the quarter ended
September 30, 2010 that have materially affected, or that
are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
The effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting as of September 30, 2010 has been
audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears
herein.
F-2
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders
of Universal Technical Institute, Inc.
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and
the related consolidated statements of income, of
shareholders equity, and of cash flows present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of Universal
Technical Institute, Inc. and its subsidiaries at
September 30, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended September 30, 2010 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all
material respects, effective internal control over financial
reporting as of September 30, 2010, based on criteria
established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The
Companys management is responsible for these financial
statements, for maintaining effective internal control over
financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting, included in the
accompanying Managements Report on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions
on these financial statements and on the Companys internal
control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement and whether effective internal
control over financial reporting was maintained in all material
respects. Our audits of financial statements included examining,
on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures
in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our
audit of internal control over financial reporting included
obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial
reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
and testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of the internal control based on the assessed
risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures
as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a
process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles. A companys
internal control over financial reporting includes those
policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance
of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over
financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future
periods are subject to the risk that controls may become
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Phoenix, Arizona
December 1, 2010
F-3
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($s in thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
48,974
|
|
|
$
|
56,199
|
|
Investments, current portion
|
|
|
28,528
|
|
|
|
25,142
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
19,253
|
|
|
|
14,892
|
|
Deferred tax assets
|
|
|
8,840
|
|
|
|
7,452
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
9,836
|
|
|
|
10,480
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
115,431
|
|
|
|
114,165
|
|
Investments, less current portion
|
|
|
3,596
|
|
|
|
3,806
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
99,040
|
|
|
|
81,168
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
|
|
20,579
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
3,853
|
|
|
|
3,633
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
242,499
|
|
|
$
|
223,351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
|
Current Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
$
|
53,906
|
|
|
$
|
47,276
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
63,276
|
|
|
|
48,175
|
|
Accrued tool sets
|
|
|
5,066
|
|
|
|
4,276
|
|
Income tax payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,794
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
122,314
|
|
|
|
101,546
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
933
|
|
|
|
3,086
|
|
Deferred rent liability
|
|
|
5,621
|
|
|
|
5,593
|
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
5,239
|
|
|
|
6,428
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
134,107
|
|
|
|
116,653
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares
authorized, 29,148,585 shares issued and
24,278,359 shares outstanding at September 30, 2010
and 28,641,006 shares issued and 23,770,780 shares
outstanding at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares
authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid-in capital
|
|
|
150,012
|
|
|
|
140,813
|
|
Treasury stock, at cost, 4,870,226 shares at
September 30, 2010 and 2009
|
|
|
(76,506
|
)
|
|
|
(76,506
|
)
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
34,883
|
|
|
|
42,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
108,392
|
|
|
|
106,698
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
242,499
|
|
|
$
|
223,351
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
435,921
|
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
Operating expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
|
212,577
|
|
|
|
193,490
|
|
|
|
186,640
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
176,794
|
|
|
|
154,504
|
|
|
|
146,123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
389,371
|
|
|
|
347,994
|
|
|
|
332,763
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
|
46,550
|
|
|
|
18,641
|
|
|
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
|
3,185
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
Other income
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
178
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other income
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
664
|
|
|
|
3,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
47,279
|
|
|
|
19,305
|
|
|
|
14,021
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
18,451
|
|
|
|
7,572
|
|
|
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
28,828
|
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share basic
|
|
$
|
1.20
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income per share diluted
|
|
$
|
1.18
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
24,041
|
|
|
|
24,246
|
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
24,511
|
|
|
|
24,627
|
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Special cash dividends declared per common share
|
|
$
|
1.50
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-in
|
|
|
Treasury Stock
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
Shareholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at October 1, 2007
|
|
|
28,260
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
132,131
|
|
|
|
1,431
|
|
|
$
|
(30,029
|
)
|
|
$
|
22,439
|
|
|
$
|
124,544
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,216
|
|
|
|
8,216
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
Tax charge from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(853
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,886
|
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at October 1, 2008
|
|
|
28,407
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
137,100
|
|
|
|
3,317
|
|
|
$
|
(59,571
|
)
|
|
$
|
30,655
|
|
|
$
|
108,187
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,733
|
|
|
|
11,733
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
878
|
|
Shares withheld for payroll taxes
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,101
|
)
|
Tax charge from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(842
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(842
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,778
|
|
Treasury stock purchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,553
|
|
|
|
(16,935
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,935
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at October 1, 2009
|
|
|
28,641
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
140,813
|
|
|
|
4,870
|
|
|
$
|
(76,506
|
)
|
|
$
|
42,388
|
|
|
$
|
106,698
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,828
|
|
|
|
28,828
|
|
Issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,083
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,083
|
|
Shares withheld for payroll taxes
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,124
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,124
|
)
|
Tax benefit from employee stock plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,274
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,274
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,966
|
|
Cash dividends declared
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(36,333
|
)
|
|
|
(36,333
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
29,149
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
150,012
|
|
|
|
4,870
|
|
|
$
|
(76,506
|
)
|
|
$
|
34,883
|
|
|
$
|
108,392
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
28,828
|
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
19,888
|
|
|
|
17,568
|
|
|
|
17,605
|
|
Amortization of
held-to-maturity
investments
|
|
|
1,367
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bad debt expense
|
|
|
6,520
|
|
|
|
6,732
|
|
|
|
4,379
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
5,894
|
|
|
|
4,702
|
|
|
|
5,325
|
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
(1,788
|
)
|
|
|
(378
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(3,541
|
)
|
|
|
(2,165
|
)
|
|
|
(249
|
)
|
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
1,004
|
|
|
|
1,216
|
|
Changes in assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
(9,886
|
)
|
|
|
(1,936
|
)
|
|
|
(11,307
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(462
|
)
|
|
|
(2,036
|
)
|
|
|
(1,327
|
)
|
Other assets
|
|
|
(261
|
)
|
|
|
1,176
|
|
|
|
1,304
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
6,037
|
|
|
|
6,989
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
15,101
|
|
|
|
3,480
|
|
|
|
(4,694
|
)
|
Income tax payable (receivable)
|
|
|
(1,130
|
)
|
|
|
1,942
|
|
|
|
1,211
|
|
Accrued tool sets and other current liabilities
|
|
|
831
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
|
(511
|
)
|
Other liabilities
|
|
|
(258
|
)
|
|
|
(47
|
)
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
67,481
|
|
|
|
49,458
|
|
|
|
21,094
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(37,196
|
)
|
|
|
(28,524
|
)
|
|
|
(17,705
|
)
|
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
32,689
|
|
Purchase of investments
|
|
|
(41,570
|
)
|
|
|
(31,936
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds received upon maturity of investments
|
|
|
36,641
|
|
|
|
3,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,000
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
|
|
|
(42,120
|
)
|
|
|
(57,357
|
)
|
|
|
12,984
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of cash dividends
|
|
|
(36,333
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under employee plans
|
|
|
4,083
|
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
|
497
|
|
Payment of payroll taxes on stock-based compensation through
shares withheld
|
|
|
(2,124
|
)
|
|
|
(1,101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation
|
|
|
1,788
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
Purchases of treasury stock, including fees of $62 in 2009 and
$75 in 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16,935
|
)
|
|
|
(29,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(32,586
|
)
|
|
|
(16,780
|
)
|
|
|
(28,794
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(7,225
|
)
|
|
|
(24,679
|
)
|
|
|
5,284
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
|
|
|
56,199
|
|
|
|
80,878
|
|
|
|
75,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
|
|
$
|
48,974
|
|
|
$
|
56,199
|
|
|
$
|
80,878
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxes paid
|
|
$
|
23,116
|
|
|
$
|
7,823
|
|
|
$
|
5,151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest paid
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training equipment obtained in exchange for services
|
|
$
|
1,717
|
|
|
$
|
1,571
|
|
|
$
|
1,859
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
593
|
|
|
$
|
2,292
|
|
|
$
|
4,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capitalized stock-based compensation
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
$
|
76
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
Universal Technical Institute, Inc. (UTI or,
collectively, we and our) provides
postsecondary education for students seeking careers as
professional automotive, diesel, collision repair, motorcycle
and marine technicians. We offer undergraduate degree, diploma
and certificate programs at 11 campuses and manufacturer
training programs that are sponsored by the manufacturer or
dealer at dedicated training centers. We work closely with
leading original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) in the
automotive, diesel, motorcycle and marine industries to
understand their needs for qualified service professionals.
|
|
2.
|
Government
Regulation and Financial Aid
|
Our schools and students participate in a variety of
government-sponsored financial aid programs that assist students
in paying the cost of their education. The largest source of
such support is the federal programs of student financial
assistance under Title IV of the Higher Education Act of
1965, as amended (HEA), commonly referred to as the
Title IV Programs, which are administered by the
U.S. Department of Education (ED). During the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately 73%, 73%
and 72% respectively, of our revenues, on a cash basis, were
indirectly derived from funds distributed under Title IV
Programs.
To participate in Title IV Programs, a school must be
authorized to offer its programs of instruction by relevant
state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting
commission recognized by ED and be certified as an eligible
institution by ED. For these reasons, our schools are subject to
extensive regulatory requirements imposed by all of these
entities. After our schools receive the required certifications
by the appropriate entities, our schools must demonstrate their
compliance with the ED regulations of the Title IV Programs
on an ongoing basis. Included in these regulations is the
requirement that we satisfy specific standards of financial
responsibility. ED evaluates institutions for compliance with
these standards each year, based upon the institutions
annual audited financial statements, as well as following a
change in ownership of the institution. Under regulations which
took effect July 1, 1998, ED calculates the
institutions composite score for financial responsibility
based on its (i) equity ratio which measures the
institutions capital resources, ability to borrow and
financial viability; (ii) primary reserve ratio which
measures the institutions ability to support current
operations from expendable resources; and (iii) net income
ratio which measures the institutions ability to operate
at a profit. Our composite score has exceeded the required
minimum composite score of 1.5 since September 30, 2004.
On October 29, 2010, ED issued final regulations pertaining
to certain aspects of the administration of Title IV
Programs. With minor exceptions, these regulations will become
effective July 1, 2011. ED previously announced that it was
delaying until early 2011 publication of final regulations on
certain further proposed gainful employment regulations, which
are expected to become effective July 1, 2012 or
thereafter. Currently, we have identified the rules concerning
gainful employment, compensation, the definition of a credit
hour and the broadened definition of misrepresentation as the
rules most likely to materially impact our business. We are in
the process of reviewing and assessing the likely impact of the
October 29, 2010 final regulations on our operations.
Compliance with these final rules could have a material impact
on the manner in which we conduct our business and the results
of operations. We cannot currently predict how significant any
such impact will be.
|
|
3.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Principles
of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of UTI and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All
significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated.
F-8
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions.
Such estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of
assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related
disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an ongoing
basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions, including
those related to revenue recognition, our proprietary loan
program, allowance for uncollectible accounts, investments,
goodwill recoverability, bonus plans, self-insurance claim
liabilities, income taxes, contingencies and stock-based
compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience and
on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable
under the circumstances. The results of our analysis form the
basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets
and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under
different assumptions or conditions, and the impact of such
differences may be material to our consolidated financial
statements.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenues consist primarily of student tuition and fees derived
from the programs we provide after reductions are made for
discounts and scholarships we sponsor. Tuition and fee revenue
is recognized ratably over the term of the course or program
offered. If a student withdraws from a program prior to a
specified date, all or a portion of deferred tuition revenue is
refunded. Approximately 97% of our revenues for each of the
years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consisted of
tuition. Our undergraduate programs are typically designed to be
completed in 45 to 96 weeks and our advanced training
programs range from 14 to 24 weeks in duration. We
supplement our revenues with sales of textbooks and program
supplies, student housing and other revenues. Sales of textbooks
and program supplies, revenue related to student housing and
other revenue are each recognized as sales occur or services are
performed. Deferred revenue represents the excess of tuition and
fee payments received, as compared to tuition and fees earned,
and is reflected as a current liability in our consolidated
balance sheets because it is expected to be earned within the
next twelve months.
Proprietary
Loan Program
In order to provide funding for students who are not able to
fully finance the cost of their education under traditional
governmental financial aid programs, commercial loan programs or
other alternative sources, we established a private loan program
with a national chartered bank in 2008. Under terms of the
related agreement, the bank originates loans for our students
who meet our specific credit criteria with the related proceeds
used exclusively to fund a portion of their tuition. We then
purchase all such loans from the bank on a monthly basis and
assume all of the related credit risk. The loans bear interest
at market rates; however, principal and interest payments are
not required until six months after the student completes or
withdraws from his or her program. After the deferral period,
monthly principal and interest payments are required over the
related term of the loan.
The bank agreed to provide these services in exchange for a fee
equivalent to 0.4% of the principal balance of each loan and
related fees. Under the terms of the related agreement, we have
a $2.0 million deposit with the bank in order to secure our
related loan purchase obligation. This balance is classified as
other assets in our consolidated balance sheets at
September 30, 2010 and 2009.
In substance, we provide the students who participate in this
program with extended payment terms for a portion of their
tuition and as a result, we account for the underlying
transactions in accordance with our tuition revenue recognition
policy. However, due to the nature of the program coupled with
the extended payment terms required under the student loan
agreements, collectability is not reasonably assured.
Accordingly, we recognize tuition revenue and loan origination
fees financed by the loan and any related interest income
required under the loan when such amounts are collected. We will
reevaluate this policy on the basis of our historical collection
experience under the program and will accelerate recognition of
the related revenue if appropriate. All related
F-9
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
expenses incurred with the bank or other service providers are
expensed as incurred and were approximately $0.8 million,
$0.7 million and $0.4 million during the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 respectively. Since loan
collectability is not reasonably assured, the loans and related
deferred tuition revenue are presented net and therefore are
effectively not recognized in our consolidated balance sheet.
Our presentation will be reevaluated when sufficient collection
history has been obtained.
The following table summarizes the impact of the proprietary
loan program on our tuition revenue and interest income during
the period as well as on a cumulative basis at the end of each
period in our consolidated statements of income. Tuition revenue
and interest income excluded represents amounts which would have
been recognized during the period had collectability of the
related amounts been assured. Amounts collected and recognized
represent actual cash receipts during the period and amounts
written-off represent amounts which have been turned over to
third party collectors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
Inception
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
to Date
|
|
|
Cumulative balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
9,052
|
|
|
$
|
490
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Tuition revenue and interest income excluded
|
|
|
11,483
|
|
|
|
8,654
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
|
|
20,627
|
|
Amounts collected and recognized
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(311
|
)
|
Amounts written off
|
|
|
(2,386
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,427
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
17,889
|
|
|
$
|
9,052
|
|
|
$
|
490
|
|
|
$
|
17,889
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our Board of Directors authorized the extension of up to an
aggregate of $40.0 million of credit under our proprietary
loan program. At September 30, 2010, we had committed to
provide loans to our students for approximately
$25.6 million. We monitor the aggregate amount approved
under this program and may make changes in future periods.
The balance outstanding under the program includes loans
outstanding and interest and origination fees which are not
reflected in our consolidated balance sheets.
The activity in our proprietary loan program is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Balance at beginning of period
|
|
$
|
14,671
|
|
|
$
|
1,757
|
|
Loans extended
|
|
|
9,491
|
|
|
|
12,330
|
|
Interest accrued
|
|
|
1,785
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
Amounts collected and recognized
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
Amounts written off
|
|
|
(2,386
|
)
|
|
|
(41
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at end of period
|
|
$
|
23,301
|
|
|
$
|
14,671
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
and Cash Equivalents
We consider all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents.
Allowance
for Uncollectible Accounts
We maintain an allowance for uncollectible accounts for
estimated losses resulting from the inability, failure or
refusal of our students to make required payments. We offer a
variety of payment plans to help students pay that
F-10
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
portion of their education expenses not covered by financial aid
programs or alternate fund sources, which are unsecured and not
guaranteed. Management analyzes accounts receivable, historical
percentages of uncollectible accounts, customer credit
worthiness and changes in payment history when evaluating the
adequacy of the allowance for uncollectible accounts. We use an
internal group of collectors, augmented by third party
collectors as deemed appropriate, in our collection efforts.
Although we believe that our allowance is adequate, if the
financial condition of our students deteriorates, resulting in
an impairment of their ability to make payments, or if we
underestimate the allowances required, additional allowances may
be necessary, which would result in increased selling, general
and administrative expenses in the period such determination is
made.
Investments
We invest in pre-refunded municipal bonds, which are generally
secured by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt
obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from
federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in certificates of
deposit issued by financial institutions and corporate bonds
from large cap industrial and selected financial companies with
a minimum credit rating of A. We have the ability and intention
to hold our investments until maturity and therefore classify
these investments as
held-to-maturity
and report them at amortized cost. Investments with an original
maturity date of 90 days or less at the time of purchase
are classified as cash equivalents and investments with a
maturity date greater than one year at the end of the period are
classified as non-current.
We review our
held-to-maturity
investments for impairment quarterly to determine if
other-than-temporary
declines in the carrying value have occurred for any individual
investment.
Other-than-temporary
declines in the value of our
held-to-maturity
investments are recorded as expense in the period in which the
determination is made. We determined that no
other-than-temporary
declines occurred in our
held-to-maturity
investments during the years ended September 30, 2010 and
2009.
Property
and Equipment
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are recorded at
cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization.
Depreciation and amortization expense are calculated using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is
calculated using the straight-line method over the remaining
useful life of the asset or term of lease, whichever is shorter.
Costs relating to software developed for internal use and
curriculum development are capitalized and amortized using the
straight-line method over the related estimated useful lives.
Such costs include direct costs of materials and services as
well as payroll and related costs for employees who are directly
associated with the projects. Maintenance and repairs are
expensed as incurred.
We review the carrying value of our property and equipment for
possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. We
evaluate our long-lived assets for impairment by examining
estimated future cash flows. These cash flows are evaluated by
using probability weighting techniques as well as comparisons of
past performance against projections. Assets may also be
evaluated by identifying independent market values. If we
determine that an assets carrying value is impaired, we
will write-down the carrying value of the asset to its estimated
fair value and charge the impairment as an operating expense in
the period in which the determination is made.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquired
business over the estimated fair values of the assets acquired
and liabilities assumed. Goodwill is reviewed at least annually
for impairment, which might result from the deterioration in the
operating performance of the acquired business, adverse market
conditions, adverse changes
F-11
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
in the applicable laws or regulations and a variety of other
circumstances. Any resulting impairment charge would be
recognized as an expense in the period in which impairment is
identified.
Our goodwill resulted from the acquisition of our motorcycle and
marine education business in 1998. We allocated such goodwill,
which totaled $20.6 million, to two of our reporting units
that provide the related educational programs. We assess our
goodwill for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal
year using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates
estimated future cash flows for the next five years and an
associated terminal value. Key management assumptions included
in the cash flow model include future tuition revenues,
operating costs, working capital changes, capital expenditures
and a discount rate that approximates our weighted average cost
of capital. Based upon our annual assessments, we determined
that our goodwill was not impaired at September 30, 2010
and 2009, and that impairment charges were not required. While
actual experience will differ from the amounts included in our
cash flow model, we do not believe that a related impairment of
our goodwill is reasonably possible in the foreseeable future.
Self-Insurance
Plans
We are self-insured for claims related to employee health and
dental care and claims related to workers compensation.
Liabilities associated with these plans are estimated by
management with consideration of our historical loss experience,
severity factors and independent actuarial analysis. Our loss
exposure related to self-insurance is limited by stop loss
coverage. Our claim liabilities are based on estimates, and
while we believe the amounts accrued are adequate, the ultimate
losses may differ from the amounts provided.
Deferred
Rent Liability
We lease substantially all of our administrative and educational
facilities under operating lease agreements. Some lease
agreements contain tenant improvement allowances, free rent
periods or rent escalation clauses. In instances where one or
more of these items are included in a lease agreement, we record
a deferred rent liability on the consolidated balance sheet and
record rent expense evenly over the term of the lease.
Advertising
Costs
Costs related to advertising are expensed as incurred and
totaled approximately $32.6 million, $23.7 million and
$26.4 million for the years ended September 30, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
Stock-Based
Compensation
Historically, we have issued stock units with vesting subject to
a market condition (market shares), stock options and restricted
stock. We measure all share-based payments to employees at
estimated fair value. We recognize the compensation expense for
stock awards with only service conditions on a straight-line
basis over the requisite service period. We recognize
compensation expense for market shares over the requisite period.
Option exercise prices are based upon the per share closing
price of our common stock on the date of grant. The fair value
of each option on the date of grant is estimated using the
Black-Scholes pricing model based on certain valuation
assumptions. The risk-free interest rate is based on a
zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill with a maturity date
approximately equal to the expected life of the option at the
grant date. We apply the simplified method for calculating the
expected term of the grant which is the weighted mid-point
between the vesting date of the grant and the expiration date of
the stock option agreement. Our dividend rate has historically
been assumed to be zero because we have not historically paid
dividends, other than the special cash dividend of $1.50 paid
July 16, 2010. We have historically derived our expected
volatility using a method that includes an analysis of companies
within our industry sector, including UTI. We did not grant
stock options during the year ended September 30, 2010.
F-12
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
Compensation expense associated with restricted stock awards is
measured based on the grant date fair value of our common stock.
The requisite service period for restricted stock awards is
generally the vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized
only for those awards that are expected to vest, which we
estimate based upon historical forfeitures.
The fair value of market shares is estimated using a Monte Carlo
simulation which requires assumptions for expected volatilities,
correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of return, and
dividend yields. The vesting condition for market shares is
based on total shareholder return which is the comparison of the
change in our stock price and dividends to the change in stock
price and dividends of the companies included in a nationally
recognized stock index for the measurement periods included in
the grant. Expected volatilities are derived using a method that
calculates historical volatility over a period equal to the
length of the measurement period for UTI and the companies
included in the related index. Correlation coefficients are
based on the same data used to calculate historical volatilities
and are used to model how our stock price moves in relation to
the companies included in the related index. We use a risk-free
rate of return that is equal to the yield of a zero-coupon
U.S. Treasury bill that is commensurate with each
measurement period, and we assume that any dividends paid were
reinvested.
Stock-based compensation expense of $5.9 million,
$4.7 million and $5.3 million (pre-tax) was recorded
for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. The tax benefit related to stock-based
compensation recognized in the years ended September 30,
2010, 2009 and 2008 was $2.3 million, $1.8 million and
$2.0 million, respectively.
Income
Taxes
We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
estimated future tax consequences of events attributable to
differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of
existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.
We also recognize deferred tax assets for net operating loss and
tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities
are measured using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in
which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
Deferred tax assets are reduced through a valuation allowance if
it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not
be realized.
Concentration
of Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject us to
concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and
cash equivalents, investments and receivables. As of
September 30, 2010, we held cash and cash equivalents of
$49.0 million and investments of $32.1 million
invested in pre-refunded municipal bonds, collateralized by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. treasury notes, certifications of deposit issued by
financial institutions and corporate bonds.
We place our cash and cash equivalents with high quality
financial institutions and limit the amount of credit exposure
with any one financial institution. We mitigate the
concentration risk of our investments by limiting the amount
invested in any one issuer. We mitigate the risk associated with
our investment in corporate bonds by requiring a minimum credit
rating of A.
We extend credit for tuition and fees, for a limited period of
time, to the majority of our students. Our credit risk with
respect to these accounts receivable is partially mitigated
through the students participation in federally funded
financial aid programs, unless students withdraw prior to the
receipt by us of Title IV Program funds for those students.
Our risk related to accounts receivable is also mitigated
because the balances are dispersed among approximately 19,000
students across our 11 campuses.
F-13
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
Fair
Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying value of cash equivalents, accounts receivable,
investments, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and deferred
tuition approximates their respective fair value at
September 30, 2010 and 2009 due to the short-term nature of
these instruments.
Comprehensive
Income
We have no items which affect comprehensive income other than
net income.
Start-up
Costs
Costs related to the
start-up of
new campuses are expensed as incurred.
Out-of-period
Adjustments
Our results of operations for the year ended September 30,
2010 include a pre-tax charge of $1.3 million
($0.8 million after tax) recorded during the fourth quarter
to increase compensation expense by $1.0 million
($0.6 million after tax) and depreciation expense by
$0.3 million ($0.2 million after tax). The
$1.3 million pre-tax charge related to amounts which should
have been recognized during the year ended September 30,
2009 ($0.8 million) and during the first three quarters of
the year ended September 30, 2010 ($0.5 million). We
determined that the impact of these
out-of-period
adjustments was immaterial to our results of operations for the
applicable interim and annual periods during the years ended
September 30, 2009 and 2010.
|
|
4.
|
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
|
In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB)
issued guidance which amends existing disclosure guidance to
require an entity to provide a greater level of disaggregated
information about the credit quality of its financing
receivables and its allowance for credit losses. This guidance
is effective for fiscal and interim periods beginning after
December 15, 2010. We do not believe adoption of this
guidance will have a material impact on our disclosures.
|
|
5.
|
Postemployment
Benefits
|
Periodically we enter into agreements with personnel whose
employment terminated and recorded charges for postemployment
benefits. The postemployment benefit liability, which is
included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets, is generally paid out
ratably over the terms of the agreements, which range from 1 to
7 months, with the final agreement expiring in March 2011.
The postemployment activity for the year ended
September 30, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability Balance at
|
|
|
Postemployment
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Liability Balance at
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2009
|
|
|
Benefit Charges
|
|
|
Cash Paid
|
|
|
Non-cash(1)
|
|
|
September 30, 2010
|
|
|
Severance
|
|
$
|
1,741
|
|
|
$
|
1,168
|
|
|
$
|
(1,879
|
)
|
|
$
|
(452
|
)
|
|
$
|
578
|
|
Other
|
|
|
182
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,923
|
|
|
$
|
1,291
|
|
|
$
|
(2,003
|
)
|
|
$
|
(613
|
)
|
|
$
|
598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Primarily relates to the expiration of benefits not used within
the time offered under the agreement and non-cash severance. |
F-14
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
Receivables, net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Tuition receivables
|
|
$
|
21,665
|
|
|
$
|
18,093
|
|
Other receivables
|
|
|
1,252
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables
|
|
|
22,917
|
|
|
|
18,208
|
|
Less allowance for uncollectible accounts
|
|
|
(3,664
|
)
|
|
|
(3,316
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,253
|
|
|
$
|
14,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The allowance for uncollectible accounts is estimated using our
historical write-off experience applied to the receivable
balances for students who are no longer attending school due to
graduation or withdrawal or who are in school and have
receivable balances in excess of their financial aid packages.
We write off receivable balances against the allowance for
uncollectible accounts at the time we transfer the balance to a
third party collection agency.
The following table summarizes the activity for our allowance
for uncollectible accounts during the year ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
Additions to
|
|
Write-offs of
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
Bad Debt
|
|
Uncollectible
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Expense
|
|
Accounts
|
|
End of Period
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
3,316
|
|
|
$
|
6,520
|
|
|
$
|
6,172
|
|
|
$
|
3,664
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
2,428
|
|
|
$
|
6,732
|
|
|
$
|
5,844
|
|
|
$
|
3,316
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
2,055
|
|
|
$
|
4,379
|
|
|
$
|
4,006
|
|
|
$
|
2,428
|
|
We invest in pre-refunded municipal bonds which are generally
secured by
escrowed-to-maturity
U.S. Treasury notes. Municipal bonds represent debt
obligations issued by states, cities, counties, and other
governmental entities, which earn interest that is exempt from
federal income taxes. Additionally, we invest in certificates of
deposit issued by financial institutions and corporate bonds
from large cap industrial and selected financial companies with
a minimum credit rating of A. We have the ability and intent to
hold our investments until maturity and therefore classify these
investments as
held-to-maturity
and report them at amortized cost.
Amortized cost and estimated fair market value for investments
classified as
held-to-maturity
at September 30, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Certificates of deposit due in less than 1 year
|
|
$
|
9,020
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,018
|
|
Certificates of deposit due in 1 2 years
|
|
|
3,596
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,596
|
|
Municipal bonds due in less than 1 year
|
|
|
15,604
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
15,602
|
|
Corporate bonds due in less than 1 year
|
|
|
3,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
3,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,124
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
32,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
Amortized cost and estimated fair market value for investments
classified as
held-to-maturity
at September 30, 2009 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
|
|
Amortized
|
|
|
Gross Unrealized
|
|
|
Fair Market
|
|
|
|
Cost
|
|
|
Gains
|
|
|
Losses
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
Certificates of deposit due in less than 1 year
|
|
$
|
717
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
717
|
|
Municipal bonds due in less than 1 year
|
|
|
24,425
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
24,453
|
|
Municipal bonds due in 1 2 years
|
|
|
3,806
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,816
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,948
|
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
$
|
(6
|
)
|
|
$
|
28,986
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investments are exposed to various risks, including interest
rate, market and credit risk and as a result, it is possible
that changes in the values of these investments may occur and
that such changes could affect the amounts reported in the
consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of
income.
At September 30, 2009, investments included interest
receivable of approximately $0.4 million.
|
|
8.
|
Fair
Value Measurements
|
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be
determined based on assumptions that market participants would
use in pricing an asset or liability. The valuation techniques
used to determine fair value must be consistent with either the
market approach, income approach
and/or cost
approach. The following three-tier fair value hierarchy
prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation techniques to
measure fair value:
Level 1 Observable inputs that reflect
quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets and
liabilities in active markets;
Level 2 Observable inputs, other than
quoted market prices, that are either directly or indirectly
observable in the marketplace for identical or similar assets
and liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active,
or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by
observable market data for substantially the full term of the
assets and liabilities; and
Level 3 Unobservable inputs that are
supported by little or no market activity that are significant
to the fair value of assets or liabilities.
Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize
the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of
unobservable inputs. We use prices and inputs that are current
as of the measurement date, including during periods of market
volatility. Therefore, classification of inputs within the
hierarchy may change from period to period depending upon the
ability to observe those prices and inputs. Our assessment of
the significance of a particular input to the fair value
measurement requires judgment, and may affect the valuation of
fair value for certain assets and liabilities and their
placement within the fair value hierarchy. We held
$40.6 million and $41.4 million in money market mutual
funds, municipal bonds and certificates of deposit which are
classified within cash and cash equivalents in our consolidated
balance sheet at September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
We measure fair value for these instruments using quoted market
prices for identical assets (Level 1).
F-16
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
9.
|
Property
and Equipment
|
Property and equipment, net consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciable
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
Lives (in Years)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,456
|
|
|
$
|
1,456
|
|
Buildings and building improvements
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
13,269
|
|
|
|
7,654
|
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
|
1 - 28
|
|
|
|
37,806
|
|
|
|
35,859
|
|
Training equipment
|
|
|
3 - 10
|
|
|
|
71,255
|
|
|
|
63,982
|
|
Office and computer equipment
|
|
|
3 - 10
|
|
|
|
38,397
|
|
|
|
35,187
|
|
Software developed for internal use
|
|
|
3 - 5
|
|
|
|
11,292
|
|
|
|
6,883
|
|
Curriculum development
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
14,726
|
|
|
|
643
|
|
Vehicles
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
726
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
Construction in progress
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,032
|
|
|
|
6,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191,959
|
|
|
|
159,172
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92,919
|
)
|
|
|
(78,004
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
99,040
|
|
|
$
|
81,168
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense related to our property and equipment was
$18.4 million, $16.4 million and $16.6 million
for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Amortization expense related to curriculum
development and software developed for internal use was
$2.4 million, $2.0 million and $1.5 million for
the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
|
|
10.
|
Accounts
Payable and Accrued Expenses
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
9,147
|
|
|
$
|
7,515
|
|
Accrued compensation and benefits
|
|
|
35,854
|
|
|
|
30,218
|
|
Other accrued expenses
|
|
|
8,905
|
|
|
|
9,543
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
53,906
|
|
|
$
|
47,276
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
Revolving
Credit Facility
|
On October 26, 2007, we entered into a second modification
agreement which extended our $30.0 million revolving line
of credit agreement with a bank through October 26, 2009.
We did not renew the line of credit agreement upon expiration
and do not currently plan to enter into a new agreement unless
specific circumstances dictate at a future date.
F-17
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Current expense
|
|
$
|
21,993
|
|
|
$
|
9,737
|
|
|
$
|
6,054
|
|
Deferred benefit
|
|
|
(3,542
|
)
|
|
|
(2,165
|
)
|
|
|
(249
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total provision for income taxes
|
|
$
|
18,451
|
|
|
$
|
7,572
|
|
|
$
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The income tax provision differs from the tax that would result
from application of the statutory federal tax rate of 35.0% to
pre-tax income for the year. The reasons for the differences are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Income tax expense at statutory rate
|
|
$
|
16,548
|
|
|
$
|
6,757
|
|
|
$
|
4,907
|
|
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
|
|
|
1,741
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
18,451
|
|
|
$
|
7,572
|
|
|
$
|
5,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of the deferred tax assets (liabilities) recorded
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation not yet deductible for tax
|
|
$
|
9,546
|
|
|
$
|
9,049
|
|
Allowance for uncollectible accounts
|
|
|
1,429
|
|
|
|
1,293
|
|
Expenses and accruals not yet deductible
|
|
|
5,804
|
|
|
|
4,877
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
7,503
|
|
|
|
4,032
|
|
Net operating loss carryovers
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
State tax credit carryforwards
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax assets
|
|
|
24,942
|
|
|
|
19,812
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
(6,837
|
)
|
|
|
(6,242
|
)
|
Depreciation and amortization of property and equipment
|
|
|
(9,075
|
)
|
|
|
(8,199
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses deductible for tax
|
|
|
(1,123
|
)
|
|
|
(1,005
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total gross deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(17,035
|
)
|
|
|
(15,446
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
7,907
|
|
|
$
|
4,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-18
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
The deferred tax assets (liabilities) are reflected in the
accompanying consolidated balance sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Current deferred tax assets, net
|
|
$
|
8,840
|
|
|
$
|
7,452
|
|
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities, net
|
|
|
(933
|
)
|
|
|
(3,086
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
7,907
|
|
|
$
|
4,366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the activity for the valuation
allowance during the year ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
(reductions) to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of
|
|
Income Tax
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Expense
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
End of Period
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
(230
|
)
|
|
$
|
(70
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
2009
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
885
|
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
|
$
|
(885
|
)
|
|
$
|
300
|
|
As of September 30, 2010, we had approximately
$0.7 million in deferred tax assets related to state net
operating loss and credit carry-forwards. These tax attributes
will expire in the years 2011 through 2021. In previous years,
we established a valuation allowance in the amount of
$0.3 million related to the state net operating loss
carry-forwards.
At September 30, 2010, we determined that $0.2 million
of the deferred tax assets related to the state net operating
loss carry-forwards will ultimately be utilized. Accordingly, we
reduced the valuation allowance by $0.2 million. We also
wrote off $0.1 million of the valuation allowance related
to the state net operating losses that had expired.
On October 10, 2007, we completed a sale-leaseback
transaction of the property at the Norwood, Massachusetts
campus. As a result of the transaction, we no longer qualify for
a Massachusetts investment credit in the amount of
$0.9 million related to the Norwood, Massachusetts campus.
At September 30, 2007, we determined that it was more
likely than not that we would not realize the investment credit
due to the impending transaction and recorded a valuation
allowance as of that date. The deferred tax asset relating to
the investment credit was written off against the valuation
allowance when the sale-leaseback transaction was completed.
We file income tax returns for federal purposes and in many
states. Our tax filings remain subject to examination by
applicable tax authorities for a certain length of time
following the tax year to which these filings relate. Our tax
returns for the years ended September 30, 2007 through
September 30, 2009 remain subject to examination by the
Internal Revenue Service and our tax returns for the years ended
September 30, 2006 through September 30, 2009 remain
subject to examinations by various state taxing authorities.
F-19
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
13.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Operating
Leases
We lease our facilities and certain equipment under
non-cancelable operating leases, some of which contain renewal
options, escalation clauses and requirements to pay other fees
associated with the leases. We recognize rent expense on a
straight-line basis. Two of our campus properties are leased
from a related party. Future minimum rental commitments at
September 30, 2010 for all non-cancelable operating leases
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years ending September 30,
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
25,962
|
|
2012
|
|
|
25,887
|
|
2013
|
|
|
25,096
|
|
2014
|
|
|
25,845
|
|
2015
|
|
|
25,583
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
130,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
258,844
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent expense for operating leases was approximately
$27.4 million, $27.6 million and $27.9 million
for the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Rent expense includes rent paid to related parties which was
approximately $2.3 million, $2.3 million and
$2.2 million for the years ended September 30, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively. Since 1991, certain of our
properties have been leased from entities controlled by John C.
White, the Chairman of our Board of Directors. A portion of the
property comprising our Orlando location is occupied pursuant to
a lease with the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust,
with the lease term expiring on August 19, 2022. The annual
base lease payments for the first year under this lease totaled
approximately $0.3 million, with annual adjustments based
on the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total
annual rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the
percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index. Another
portion of the property comprising our Orlando location is
occupied pursuant to a lease with Delegates LLC, an entity
controlled by the White Family Trust, with the lease term
expiring on August 19, 2022. The beneficiaries of this
trust are Mr. Whites children, and the trustee of the
trust is not related to Mr. White. Annual base lease
payments for the first year under this lease totaled
approximately $0.7 million, with annual adjustments based
on the higher of (i) an amount equal to 4% of the total
annual rent for the immediately preceding year or (ii) the
percentage of increase in the Consumer Price Index.
Additionally, since April 1994, we have leased two of our
Phoenix properties under one lease from City Park LLC, a
successor in interest of 2844 West Deer Valley LLC and in
which the John C. and Cynthia L. White 1989 Family Trust holds a
25% interest. The lease expires on February 28, 2015, and
the annual base lease payments for the first year under this
lease, as amended, totaled approximately $0.5 million, with
annual adjustments based on the higher of (i) an amount
equal to 4% of the total annual rent for the immediately
preceding year or (ii) the percentage of increase in the
Consumer Price Index. We believe that the rental rates under
these leases approximated fair market rental value of the
properties at the time the lease agreements were negotiated.
Licensing
Agreements
In 1997, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain materials and trademarks in the development
of our courses and delivery of services on our campuses. The
agreement was amended in March 2008. Under the terms of the
amended license agreement, we are committed to pay royalties
based upon a flat per student fee for students who elect and
attend the licensed program. Minimum payments are required as
follows: $0.6 million for calendar year 2010 and
$0.7 million for calendar years 2011 and 2012. A license
fee is also payable based upon a percentage of net sales related
to the sale of any product which bears the licensed trademark.
The
F-20
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
royalty and license expenses related to this agreement were
$0.6 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million for
the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively, and were recorded in educational services and
facilities expenses. In addition, we are required to pay a
minimum marketing and advertising fee for which in return we
receive the right to utilize certain advertising space in the
licensors published periodicals. The required marketing
and advertising fee is $0.9 million for calendar years 2010
through 2012. The marketing and advertising fees related to this
agreement were $0.9 million, $1.0 million and
$0.7 million for the years ended September 30, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively, and were recorded in selling,
general and administrative expenses. The agreement expires
December 31, 2012.
In 1999, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us the
right to use certain materials and trademarks in the development
of our courses. The agreement was amended in November 2009.
Under the terms of the amended agreement, we are required to pay
a flat per student fee for each program a student completes.
There are no minimum license fees required to be paid. The
agreement terminates upon the written notice of either party
providing not less than ninety days notification of intent to
terminate. License fees related to this agreement were
$1.3 million; $1.2 million and $1.1 million for
the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009, and 2008,
respectively, and were recorded in educational services and
facilities expenses.
In May 2007, we entered into a licensing agreement that gives us
the right to use certain trademarks, trade names, trade dress
and other intellectual property in connection with the operation
of our campuses and courses. We are committed to pay royalties
based upon revenue and sponsorship revenue, as defined in the
agreement, from July 1, 2007 through December 31,
2017, the expiration of the agreement. The agreement required a
minimum royalty payment of $1.6 million in calendar year
2010. The minimum royalty payments increase by
$0.05 million in each calendar year subsequent to 2010. The
expense related to these agreements was $2.0 million,
$1.7 million and $1.5 million in the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and was
recorded in educational services and facilities expenses.
In August 2005, we settled claims with a third party that
certain of our former employees had allegedly used the
intellectual property assets of the third party in the
development of our
e-learning
training products. Under the settlement agreement, we agreed,
over a two-year period, to purchase $3.6 million of
courseware licenses that will expire no later than December
2010. At September 30, 2010, we had purchased
$3.6 million and used $3.4 million of courseware
licenses. We record the expense for the purchased licenses on a
straight-line basis over the period in which the registered user
is expected to use the license. Expense related to this
agreement was $0.8 million, $1.0 million and
$0.8 million for the years ended September 30, 2010,
2009 and 2008, respectively.
Vendor
Relationships
In 2008, we entered into an agreement with a vendor, under which
they developed a blend of instructor-led training and web-based
training curriculum for our auto and diesel technology programs.
The curriculum includes modular components that can be modified
for other programs we offer. The $9.6 million fixed-price
agreement originated in September 2008 and we have capitalized
$5.4 million and $4.1 million of costs related to this
agreement during the years ended September 30, 2010 and
2009, respectively. We began teaching these courses and
depreciating the previously capitalized costs in 2010. In
September 2010, we entered into an additional fixed-price
agreement of $1.7 million, under which the vendor will
develop the curriculum for three additional courses. This
agreement can be terminated without cause by either party with a
30 day notice and expires in January 2011.
We have an agreement with a vendor that allows us to purchase
promotional tool kits for our students at a discount from the
vendors list price. In addition, we earn credits that are
redeemable for equipment from the vendor that we use in our
business. Credits are earned on our purchases as well as
purchases made by students enrolled in our programs. We have
agreed to grant the vendor exclusive access to our campuses, to
display advertising and to use their tools to train our
students. Under the related agreement, which expires in April
2017, we are required to maintain a minimum balance of
$1.0 million in credits earned on student purchases. The
credits under this
F-21
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
agreement may be redeemed for additional equipment at the full
retail list price, which is more than we would be required to
pay using cash. Upon termination of the agreement, we continue
to earn credits relative to promotional tool kits we purchase or
additional tools our active students purchase. We continue to
earn these credits until a tool kit is provided to the last
student eligible under the agreement.
Students are provided a voucher which can be redeemed for a tool
kit near graduation. The cost of the tool kits, net of the
credit, is accrued during the time period in which the students
begin attending school until they have progressed to the point
that the promotional tool kit vouchers are provided. Our
consolidated balance sheets include an accrued tool set
liability of $5.1 million and $4.3 million at
September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Additionally,
our liability to the vendor for vouchers redeemed by students
was $2.7 million and $2.5 million at
September 30, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included
in accounts payable and accrued expenses in our consolidated
balance sheets.
As we have opened new campuses, the vendor has historically
advanced us credits for the purchase of tools or equipment to
support our growth. A net prepaid expense with the vendor
resulted from an excess of credits earned over credits used of
$1.3 million and $2.4 million at September 30,
2010 and 2009, respectively.
Executive
Employment Agreements
We have employment agreements with key executives that provide
for continued salary payments and benefits if the executives are
terminated for reasons other than cause or in the event of a
change in control, as defined in the agreements. The aggregate
amount of our commitments under these agreements is
approximately $4.1 million at September 30, 2010.
Change
in Control Agreements
We have severance agreements with other executives that provide
for continued salary payments if the employees are terminated
for any reason within twelve months subsequent to a change in
control. Under the terms of the agreements, these employees are
entitled to between six and twelve months salary at their
highest rate during the previous twelve months. In addition, the
employees are eligible to receive the unearned portion of their
target bonus in effect in the year termination occurs and would
be eligible to receive medical benefits under the plans
maintained by us at no cost. The aggregate amount of our
commitments under these agreements was approximately
$6.1 million at September 30, 2010.
Deferred
Compensation Plans
We have deferred compensation agreements with four of our
employees, providing for the payment of deferred compensation to
each employee in the event that the employee is no longer
employed by us. Under each agreement, the employee shall receive
an amount equal to the compensation the employee would have
earned if the employee had repeated the employment performance
of the prior twelve months. We will pay the deferred
compensation in a lump sum or over the period in which the
employee would typically have earned the compensation had the
employee been actively employed, at our option. Our commitment
under the deferred compensation agreements was approximately
$0.7 million at September 30, 2010.
Additionally, we have established a deferred compensation plan
(the Plan) effective April 1, 2010, into which certain
members of management are eligible to defer a maximum of 75% of
their regular compensation and a maximum of 100% of their
incentive compensation. Non-employee members of our Board of
Directors are eligible to defer up to 100% of their cash
compensation. The amounts deferred by the participant under this
Plan are credited with earnings or losses based upon changes in
values of participant elected notional investments. Each
participant is fully vested in the amounts deferred.
F-22
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
We may make contributions at the discretion of our Board of
Directors that will generally vest according to a five year
vesting schedule. Distribution elections under the Plan may be
for separation from service distribution or in-service
distribution. We are not obligated to fund the Plan, however, we
have purchased life insurance policies on the participants in
order to fund the related benefits and such policies have been
placed into a rabbi trust.
At September 30, 2010, our obligations under the Plan
totaled $0.2 million and are included in other liabilities
while the cash surrender value of the life insurance policies
totaled $0.2 million and are included in other assets in
our consolidated balance sheet.
Surety
Bonds
Each of our campuses must be authorized by the applicable state
education agency in which the campus is located to operate and
to grant degrees, diplomas or certificates to its students. Our
campuses are subject to extensive, ongoing regulation by each of
these states. In addition, our campuses are required to be
authorized by the applicable state education agencies of certain
other states in which our campuses recruit students. We are
required to post surety bonds on behalf of our campuses and
education representatives with multiple states to maintain
authorization to conduct our business. We have posted surety
bonds in the total amount of approximately $13.8 million at
September 30, 2010.
Legal
In the ordinary conduct of our business, we are periodically
subject to lawsuits, investigations and claims, including, but
not limited to, claims involving students or graduates and
routine employment matters. Based on internal review, we record
reserves using our best estimate of the probable and reasonably
estimable contingent liabilities. Although we cannot predict
with certainty the ultimate resolution of lawsuits,
investigations and claims asserted against us, we do not believe
that any currently pending legal proceedings to which we are a
party, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material
adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash
flows or financial condition.
Congressional
Hearings
In recent months, there has been increased focus by the
U.S. Congress on the role that proprietary educational
institutions play in higher education. On June 24, 2010,
the Senate Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions Committee
(HELP) held the first in a series of hearings to examine the
proprietary education sector. The August 4, 2010 hearing
included the presentation of results from a Government
Accountability Office review of various aspects of the
proprietary sector, including recruitment practices, educational
quality, student outcomes, the sufficiency of integrity
safeguards against waste, fraud and abuse in federal student aid
programs and the degree to which proprietary institutions
revenue is composed of Title IV and other federal funding
sources. Following the August 4, 2010 hearing, Senator
Harkin, Chairman of the HELP Committee, requested a broad range
of detailed information from 30 proprietary institutions,
including us. We complied with the request in a timely manner.
Senator Harkin has stated that another in this series of
hearings will be held in December 2010.
We cannot predict what legislation, if any, will emanate from
these Congressional committee hearings or what impact any such
legislation might have on the proprietary education sector and
our business in particular. Any action by Congress that
significantly reduces Title IV Program funding or the
eligibility of our institutions or students to participate in
Title IV Programs would have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Congressional action could also require us to modify our
practices in ways that could increase our administrative costs
and reduce our operating income, which could have a material
adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows.
F-23
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
14.
|
Common
Shareholders Equity
|
Common
Stock
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends
when and as declared by the Board of Directors and have the
right to one vote per share on all matters requiring shareholder
approval.
On July 16, 2010 we paid a special cash dividend of $1.50
per share totaling $36.3 million to common stockholders of
record as of July 6, 2010.
Stock
Repurchase Program
Our Board of Directors previously authorized the repurchase of
up to $70.0 million of our common stock in the open market
or through privately negotiated transactions. The timing and
actual number of shares purchased depend on a variety of factors
such as price, corporate and regulatory requirements, and
prevailing market conditions. We may terminate or limit the
stock repurchase program at any time without prior notice. At
September 30, 2010, we have purchased 3.4 million
shares at an average price per share of $13.50 and a total cost
of approximately $46.4 million under this program. We did
not make any purchases during the year ended September 30,
2010.
Stock
Option and Incentive Compensation Plans
We have two stock-based compensation plans, which we refer to as
the Management 2002 Stock Option Program (2002 Plan) and the
2003 Incentive Compensation Plan (2003 Plan).
The 2002 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors on
April 1, 2002 and provided for the issuance of options to
purchase 0.7 million shares of our common stock. On
February 25, 2003, our Board of Directors authorized an
additional 0.1 million options to purchase our common stock
under the 2002 Plan.
Options issued under the 2002 Plan vest ratably each year over a
four-year period. The expiration date of options granted under
the 2002 Plan is the earlier of the ten-year anniversary of the
grant date; the one-year anniversary of the termination of the
participants employment by reason of death or disability;
30 days after the date of the participants
termination of employment if caused by reasons other than death,
disability, cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance
or on the termination date if termination occurs for reasons of
cause, material breach or unsatisfactory performance. We do not
intend to grant any additional options under the 2002 Plan.
The 2003 Plan was approved by our Board of Directors and adopted
effective December 22, 2003 upon consummation of our
initial public offering and amended on February 28, 2007 by
our stockholders. The 2003 Plan authorizes the issuance of
various common stock awards, including stock options, restricted
stock and stock units, for approximately 4.4 million shares
of our common stock.
At September 30, 2010, 3.9 million shares of common
stock were reserved for issuance under the 2003 Plan, of which
1.2 million shares are available for future grant.
We use historical data to estimate forfeitures. Our estimated
forfeitures are adjusted as actual forfeitures differ from our
estimates, resulting in stock-based compensation expense only
for those awards that actually vest. If factors change and
different assumptions are employed in future periods, previously
recognized stock-based compensation expense may require
adjustment.
F-24
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the operating expense line and
the impact on net income in the consolidated statements of
income in which stock-based compensation expense has been
recorded:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Educational services and facilities
|
|
$
|
685
|
|
|
$
|
573
|
|
|
$
|
622
|
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
5,209
|
|
|
|
4,129
|
|
|
|
4,703
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stock-based compensation expense
|
|
$
|
5,894
|
|
|
$
|
4,702
|
|
|
$
|
5,325
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax benefit
|
|
$
|
2,299
|
|
|
$
|
1,810
|
|
|
$
|
2,018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
Options
We issue stock options with exercise prices equal to the closing
price of our stock on the grant date and which generally vest
ratably over a four year period. The expiration date of stock
options granted under the 2003 Plan is the earlier of the seven
or ten-year anniversary of the grant date, based on the terms of
the individual grant; the one-year anniversary of the
termination of the participants employment by reason of
death or disability; ninety days after the date of the
participants termination of employment if caused by
reasons other than death, disability, cause, material breach or
unsatisfactory performance; or on the termination date if
termination occurs for reasons of cause, material breach or
unsatisfactory performance.
We estimate the fair value of each stock option grant on the
date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The
estimated fair value is affected by our stock price as well as
assumptions regarding a number of complex and subjective
variables, including, but not limited to, our expected stock
price volatility, the expected term of the awards and actual and
projected employee stock exercise behaviors. We evaluate our
assumptions on the date of each grant.
Historically, we have calculated the expected volatility using a
method that includes an analysis of companies within our
industry sector, including UTI. We believe that due to our
limited historical experience as a public company, the
calculated value method provides the best available indicator of
the expected volatility used in our estimates.
In determining our expected term, we have reviewed our
historical share option exercise experience and determined it
does not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate an
expected term due to our limited historical award and exercise
experience. For the years ended September 30, 2009 and
2008, we applied the simplified method for calculating the
expected term which is the weighted mid-point between vesting
date and the expiration date of the stock option agreement. The
stock options granted during the years ended September 30,
2009 and 2008 vest 25% each year for four years and have a seven
or ten-year life.
We determine the risk-free interest rate of our awards using the
implied yield currently available for zero-coupon
U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the
expected life of the options. Prior to the year ended
September 30, 2010, we have not historically paid
dividends, other than the special cash dividend of $1.50 paid
July 16, 2010. Therefore, we have historically used an
expected dividend yield of zero in the Black-Scholes option
pricing model.
F-25
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes the weighted average assumptions
used for stock option grants made during the years ended
September 30, 2009 and 2008. We did not grant stock options
during the year ended September 30, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
September 30,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Expected years until exercised
|
|
|
4.41
|
|
|
|
4.78
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.06
|
%
|
|
|
3.22
|
%
|
Expected dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
41.26
|
%
|
|
|
39.28
|
%
|
The following table summarizes stock option activity under the
2002 and 2003 Plans:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Remaining
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Contractual
|
|
|
Intrinsic
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Life (Years)
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
1,797
|
|
|
$
|
19.56
|
|
|
|
4.66
|
|
|
$
|
7,216
|
|
Stock options exercised
|
|
|
(327
|
)
|
|
$
|
11.56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options expired or forfeited
|
|
|
(105
|
)
|
|
$
|
23.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
1,365
|
|
|
$
|
21.19
|
|
|
|
3.82
|
|
|
$
|
4,102
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock options exercisable at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
1,270
|
|
|
$
|
21.73
|
|
|
|
3.74
|
|
|
$
|
3,544
|
|
Stock options expected to vest at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
14.05
|
|
|
|
4.86
|
|
|
$
|
526
|
|
As of September 30, 2010, unrecognized stock compensation
expense related to non-vested stock options was
$0.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 1.7 years.
The total fair value of options which vested during the years
ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was
$1.1 million, $2.5 million and $4.4 million,
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding
table is based on our closing stock price of $19.55 as of
September 30, 2010. The aggregate intrinsic value
represents the total intrinsic value that would have been
received by the stock option holders had all option holders
exercised their options as of that date. The total intrinsic
value of stock options exercised during the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008 was $3.8 million,
$0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The
weighted-average grant-date per share fair value of options
granted during the years ended September 30, 2009 and 2008
was $4.17 and $5.01, respectively.
The amount of cash received and associated tax benefits for
stock options exercised are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Cash received
|
|
$
|
3,775
|
|
|
$
|
583
|
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
Tax benefits
|
|
$
|
1,473
|
|
|
$
|
318
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
Restricted
Stock
Our restricted stock awards are issued at fair market value
which is determined by our closing prices of our stock on the
grant date. The restrictions on these awards generally lapse
ratably over a four year period. The
F-26
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
restrictions associated with our restricted stock awarded under
the 2003 Plan will lapse upon the death, disability, or if,
within one year following a change of control, employment is
terminated without cause or for good reason. If employment is
terminated for any other reason, all shares of restricted stock
shall be forfeited upon termination.
The following table summarizes restricted stock activity under
the 2003 Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
$
|
17.17
|
|
Restricted stock awarded
|
|
|
444
|
|
|
$
|
17.94
|
|
Restricted stock vested
|
|
|
(247
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.42
|
|
Restricted stock forfeited
|
|
|
(135
|
)
|
|
$
|
17.03
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested restricted stock outstanding at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
914
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2010, unrecognized stock compensation
expense related to restricted stock awards was
$14.9 million which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted average period of 3.3 years.
Market
Shares
The market condition for market shares is based on total
shareholder return which is the comparison of the change in our
stock price and dividends to the change in stock price and
dividends of the companies included in a nationally recognized
stock index for the measurement periods included in the grant.
On the settlement date for each measurement period, participants
will receive shares of our common stock equal to 0% to 200% of
the market shares originally granted depending on where our
total shareholder return ranks among the companies included in
the related index for that measurement period. The market shares
vest subject to a market condition and on the settlement date
which is expected to be no later than
21/2
months after the end of each measurement period.
We estimate the fair value of market shares using a Monte Carlo
simulation which requires assumptions for expected volatilities,
correlation coefficients, risk-free rates of return, and
dividend yields. Expected volatilities are derived using a
method that calculates historical volatility over a period equal
to the length of the measurement period for UTI and the
companies included in the related index. Correlation
coefficients are based on the same data used to calculate
historical volatilities and are used to model how our stock
price moves in relation to the companies in the related index.
We use a risk-free rate of return that is equal to the yield of
a zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bill that is commensurate with
each measurement period, and we assume that any dividends paid
were reinvested.
To receive the market shares awarded for a measurement period,
participants are required to be employed by the company on the
settlement date unless one of the following conditions is met.
Upon death or disability of a participant, determination of
whether, and to what extent the market condition has been
achieved will be made based on actual performance against the
stated criteria through the death or disability date. If an
employee is terminated or leaves for good cause within one year
following a change in control, a determination of whether, and
to what extent the market condition has been achieved will be
based on actual performance against the stated criteria through
the change in control date. If employment is terminated for any
other reason, all unvested market shares shall be forfeited upon
termination.
The September 2010 grant includes a measurement period of
36 months and the September 2009 grant includes measurement
periods of 12 months, 24 months and 36 months. We
did not grant market shares during the year ended
September 30, 2008. The market shares do not have voting
rights or rights to dividends.
Compensation expense for the market shares is recognized over
the requisite periods. All compensation expense for the grant
will be recognized for participants who fulfill the requisite
service period, regardless of whether the market condition for
issuing shares is satisfied.
F-27
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
The following table summarizes market share activity under the
2003 Plan:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested market shares outstanding at September 30, 2009
|
|
|
57
|
|
|
$
|
26.01
|
|
Market shares awarded
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
$
|
27.10
|
|
Market shares forfeited
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
$
|
26.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonvested market shares outstanding at September 30, 2010
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
$
|
26.59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2010, unrecognized stock compensation
expense related to market shares was $1.9 million which is
expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of
2.9 years.
Employee
Stock Purchase Plan
We have an employee stock purchase plan that allows eligible
employees to purchase our common stock up to an aggregate of
0.3 million shares at semi-annual intervals through
periodic payroll deductions. The number of shares of common
stock issued under this plan was 0.01 million shares,
0.02 million shares and 0.03 million shares for the
years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. We received proceeds of $0.3 million,
$0.3 million and $0.4 million in the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Our plan
provides for a market price discount of 5% and application of
the market price discount to the closing stock price at the end
of each offering period. In July, 2010, the plan was amended to
remove the requirement that cash dividends on stock credited to
a participants account be automatically reinvested in
additional shares of stock.
Basic net income per share is calculated by dividing net income
by the weighted average number of shares outstanding for the
period. Diluted net income per share reflects the assumed
conversion of all dilutive securities. For the years ended
September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008, approximately
0.6 million shares, 1.2 million shares and
2.2 million shares, respectively, which could be issued
under outstanding stock-based grants, were not included in the
determination of our diluted shares outstanding as they were
anti-dilutive.
The calculation of the weighted average number of shares
outstanding used in computing basic and diluted net income per
share is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended September 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Weighted average number of shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic shares outstanding
|
|
|
24,041
|
|
|
|
24,246
|
|
|
|
25,574
|
|
Dilutive effect related to employee stock plans
|
|
|
470
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted shares outstanding
|
|
|
24,511
|
|
|
|
24,627
|
|
|
|
25,807
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In June 2008, the FASB issued guidance for determining whether
instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are
participating securities. This guidance clarifies that unvested
share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights
to dividends or dividend equivalents, whether paid or unpaid,
are participating securities and requires such awards be
included in the computation of earnings per share pursuant to
the two-class method. We adopted this guidance effective
October 1, 2009 and it did not have a material impact on
our calculations.
F-28
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
16.
|
Defined
Contribution Employee Benefit Plan
|
We sponsor a defined contribution 401(k) plan, under which our
employees elect to withhold specified amounts from their wages
to contribute to the plan and we have a fiduciary responsibility
with respect to the plan. The plan provides for matching a
portion of employees contributions at managements
discretion. All contributions and matches by us are invested at
the direction of the employee in one or more mutual funds or
cash. We made matching contributions of approximately
$1.7 million, $1.3 million and $1.5 million for
the years ended September 30, 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively.
Our principal business is providing postsecondary education. We
also provide manufacturer-specific training, and these
operations are managed separately from our campus operations.
These operations do not currently meet the quantitative criteria
for segments and therefore are reflected in the Other category.
Corporate expenses are allocated to Postsecondary Education and
the Other category based on compensation expense.
Summary information by reportable segment is as follows as of
and for the years ended September 30:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
427,292
|
|
|
$
|
351,544
|
|
|
$
|
326,308
|
|
Other
|
|
|
8,629
|
|
|
|
15,091
|
|
|
|
17,152
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
435,921
|
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
|
$
|
343,460
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
49,559
|
|
|
$
|
21,533
|
|
|
$
|
12,025
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(3,009
|
)
|
|
|
(2,892
|
)
|
|
|
(1,328
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
46,550
|
|
|
$
|
18,641
|
|
|
$
|
10,697
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
19,295
|
|
|
$
|
16,844
|
|
|
$
|
17,033
|
|
Other
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
19,888
|
|
|
$
|
17,568
|
|
|
$
|
17,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
30,561
|
|
|
$
|
13,506
|
|
|
$
|
9,052
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,733
|
)
|
|
|
(1,773
|
)
|
|
|
(836
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
28,828
|
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
|
$
|
8,216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
$
|
20,579
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postsecondary education
|
|
$
|
239,955
|
|
|
$
|
219,054
|
|
|
$
|
202,986
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2,544
|
|
|
|
4,297
|
|
|
|
6,389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
$
|
242,499
|
|
|
$
|
223,351
|
|
|
$
|
209,375
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
UNIVERSAL
TECHNICAL INSTITUTE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
($s
in thousands except per share amounts)
|
|
18.
|
Quarterly
Financial Summary (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Year Ended September 30, 2010
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
103,522
|
|
|
$
|
105,631
|
|
|
$
|
107,525
|
|
|
$
|
119,243
|
|
|
$
|
435,921
|
|
Income from operations
|
|
$
|
15,056
|
|
|
$
|
9,884
|
|
|
$
|
9,857
|
|
|
$
|
11,753
|
|
|
$
|
46,550
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
9,280
|
|
|
$
|
6,046
|
|
|
$
|
6,286
|
|
|
$
|
7,216
|
|
|
$
|
28,828
|
|
Income per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
0.26
|
|
|
$
|
0.30
|
|
|
$
|
1.20
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.38
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
$
|
0.29
|
|
|
$
|
1.18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First
|
|
|
Second
|
|
|
Third
|
|
|
Fourth
|
|
|
Fiscal
|
|
Year Ended September 30, 2009
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Quarter
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Revenues
|
|
$
|
90,121
|
|
|
$
|
89,125
|
|
|
$
|
87,852
|
|
|
$
|
99,537
|
|
|
$
|
366,635
|
|
Income (loss) from operations
|
|
$
|
3,589
|
|
|
$
|
(203
|
)
|
|
$
|
2,966
|
|
|
$
|
12,289
|
|
|
$
|
18,641
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
2,304
|
|
|
$
|
(80
|
)
|
|
$
|
1,923
|
|
|
$
|
7,586
|
|
|
$
|
11,733
|
|
Income (loss) per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.32
|
|
|
$
|
0.48
|
|
The summation of quarterly per share information does not equal
amounts for the full year as quarterly calculations are
performed on a discrete basis. In addition, securities may have
had an anti-dilutive effect during individual quarters but not
for the full year.
Our results of operations for the year ended September 30,
2010 include a pre-tax charge of $1.3 million
($0.8 million after tax) recorded during the fourth quarter
to increase compensation expense by $1.0 million
($0.6 million after tax) and depreciation expense by
$0.3 million ($0.2 million after tax). The
$1.3 million pre-tax charge related to amounts which should
have been recognized of $0.4 million, $0.1 million,
$0.2 million and $0.1 million during the first,
second, third and fourth quarters of the year ended
September 30, 2009, respectively, and of $0.3 million,
$0.1 million and $0.1 million during the first, second
and third quarters of the year ended September 30, 2010,
respectively. We determined that the impact of these
out-of-period
adjustments was immaterial to our results of operations for the
applicable interim and annual periods during the years ended
September 30, 2009 and 2010. As a result, we have not
restated any prior period amounts.
F-30